WO2008008234A1 - 2-amino-5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors - Google Patents
2-amino-5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008008234A1 WO2008008234A1 PCT/US2007/015357 US2007015357W WO2008008234A1 WO 2008008234 A1 WO2008008234 A1 WO 2008008234A1 US 2007015357 W US2007015357 W US 2007015357W WO 2008008234 A1 WO2008008234 A1 WO 2008008234A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- mmol
- group
- alkyl
- disease
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 0 *=C(c1cccc(NC(c2cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc2)=O)c1)Nc1cnc(Nc(cc2)ccc2S(CCCN2CCCC2)(=*)=O)nc1 Chemical compound *=C(c1cccc(NC(c2cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc2)=O)c1)Nc1cnc(Nc(cc2)ccc2S(CCCN2CCCC2)(=*)=O)nc1 0.000 description 7
- QHCLLEBZHZXBQL-DSOFDFRVSA-N C/N=C\C(\NC(c(cc(cc1)NC(c2ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc2)=O)c1Cl)=O)=C/N Chemical compound C/N=C\C(\NC(c(cc(cc1)NC(c2ccc(C(F)(F)F)cc2)=O)c1Cl)=O)=C/N QHCLLEBZHZXBQL-DSOFDFRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXFPEBPIARQUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(c(cc1)ccc1O)=O Chemical compound CC(c(cc1)ccc1O)=O TXFPEBPIARQUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZFPKTIQAIGGGX-YVINXNSYSA-N Cc(c(C(N/C(/C=N)=C/N=C/Nc1cc(OCCN2CCCC2)ccc1)=O)c1)ccc1NC(Nc1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)=O Chemical compound Cc(c(C(N/C(/C=N)=C/N=C/Nc1cc(OCCN2CCCC2)ccc1)=O)c1)ccc1NC(Nc1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)=O DZFPKTIQAIGGGX-YVINXNSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYKPFSFVADXDLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(c(C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O)c1)ccc1N Chemical compound Cc(c(C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O)c1)ccc1N DYKPFSFVADXDLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBUMHWNDYRZRHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(c(C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O)c1)ccc1NC(Cc1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O Chemical compound Cc(c(C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O)c1)ccc1NC(Cc1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O YBUMHWNDYRZRHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCOLMNZWCBFLJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(c(C)c1)ccc1NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O Chemical compound Cc(c(C)c1)ccc1NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O QCOLMNZWCBFLJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXKAZLSSYOUQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(c(Nc1cnc(NC(C=CC2)=CC2OCCN2CCCC2)nc1)c1)ccc1NC(c1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)=O Chemical compound Cc(c(Nc1cnc(NC(C=CC2)=CC2OCCN2CCCC2)nc1)c1)ccc1NC(c1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)=O VXKAZLSSYOUQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFBZSRIOEWWNFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(ccc(NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O)c1)c1C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccc(OCCN3CCCC3)c2)nc1)=O Chemical compound Cc(ccc(NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O)c1)c1C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccc(OCCN3CCCC3)c2)nc1)=O HFBZSRIOEWWNFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOISFHKYQBWWIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(ccc(NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O)c1)c1C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O Chemical compound Cc(ccc(NC(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)=O)c1)c1C(Nc1cnc(Nc2cccnc2)nc1)=O JOISFHKYQBWWIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQWHFRSRAJYJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1cc(C(Nc(cc2C(Nc3cnc(Nc(cc4)ccc4S(CCCN4CCCC4)(=O)=O)nc3)=O)ccc2Cl)=O)ccc1 Chemical compound Cc1cc(C(Nc(cc2C(Nc3cnc(Nc(cc4)ccc4S(CCCN4CCCC4)(=O)=O)nc3)=O)ccc2Cl)=O)ccc1 IQWHFRSRAJYJNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTYZNDKWNPQQJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nc(cc1)ccc1OCCN1CCCC1 Chemical compound Nc(cc1)ccc1OCCN1CCCC1 OTYZNDKWNPQQJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYFYPGRCAZKGAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nc1cnc(Nc(cc2)cnc2C(N2CCN(CCO)CC2)=O)nc1 Chemical compound Nc1cnc(Nc(cc2)cnc2C(N2CCN(CCO)CC2)=O)nc1 JYFYPGRCAZKGAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYDYAKUSLITAER-UHFFFAOYSA-O O=C(c(cc(cc1)Nc2cccc[nH+]2)c1Cl)Nc1cnc(Nc2cccc(OCCN3CCCC3)c2)nc1 Chemical compound O=C(c(cc(cc1)Nc2cccc[nH+]2)c1Cl)Nc1cnc(Nc2cccc(OCCN3CCCC3)c2)nc1 IYDYAKUSLITAER-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- ZCYUUZHHELKFQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(c(nc1)ccc1Br)NCCN1CCCC1 Chemical compound O=C(c(nc1)ccc1Br)NCCN1CCCC1 ZCYUUZHHELKFQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFHRHUCDVDHPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3S(C3CCNCC3)(=O)=O)nc2)=O)c1Cl Chemical compound O=C(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3S(C3CCNCC3)(=O)=O)nc2)=O)c1Cl DFHRHUCDVDHPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYOOVFIRLYHVBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1F)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3S(C3CCNCC3)(=O)=O)nc2)=O)c1Cl Chemical compound O=C(c1cc(C(F)(F)F)ccc1F)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3S(C3CCNCC3)(=O)=O)nc2)=O)c1Cl XYOOVFIRLYHVBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKDXTKROKGYHBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(c1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3OCCN3CCCC3)nc2)=O)c1Cl Chemical compound O=C(c1cccc(C(F)(F)F)c1)Nc(cc1)cc(C(Nc2cnc(Nc(cc3)ccc3OCCN3CCCC3)nc2)=O)c1Cl FKDXTKROKGYHBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSPJXDGGWHGCFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N OC(c(cc(cc1)NC(c2ccc[s]2)=O)c1Cl)=O Chemical compound OC(c(cc(cc1)NC(c2ccc[s]2)=O)c1Cl)=O RSPJXDGGWHGCFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/48—Two nitrogen atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the use of pyrimidine-based compounds to treat a variety of disorders, diseases and pathologic conditions, and, more specifically, to the use of 2-amino-5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases to treat various disorders.
- Protein kinases are families of enzymes that catalyze the phosphorylation of specific residues in proteins, and may be broadly classified into tyrosine or serine/threonine kinases based on the amino acids phosphorylated. This covalent post-translational modification is a pivotal component of normal cellular communication and maintenance of homeostasis. Tyrosine kinase signaling pathways normally prevent deregulated proliferation or contribute to sensitivity towards apoptotic stimuli. These signaling pathways are often genetically or epigenetically altered in cancer cells to impart a selection advantage to the cancer cells.
- tyrosine kinase endows these enzymes a dominating oncoprotein status, resulting in the malfunctioning of the signaling network.
- Inappropriate kinase activity arising from mutation, over-expression, or inappropriate regulation, dys-regulation, mis- regulation or de-regulation, as well as over- or under-production of growth factors or cytokines has been implicated in many diseases, including but not limited too cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies, asthma and other respiratory diseases, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic disorders, .and neurological and neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, and to various blinding ocular diseases.
- Transmembrane receptor protein kinases exhibit an extracellular domain, capable of ligand binding. These ligand binding mechanisms trigger activation of the kinase catalytic domain which initiates a cascade of signals that controls intracellular functions.
- Examples of receptor protein kinase are growth factors such as EGF, FGF, VEGF, PDGF and IGF.
- Nonreceptor protein kinases can be found in many compartments of a cell from inner-cell surface membranes to the cell nucleus.
- tyrosine kinases can function in each of the responses to various stimuli and pathways, and biological cellular responses relating to cell growth, cell differentiation, survival, apoptosis, mitogenesis, cell cycle control, and cell mobility. Additional complexity results from extensive cross-talk between different receptor kinase pathways.
- One family of cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases capable of communicating with a large number of different receptors is the Src protein tyrosine kinase family.
- the c-Src proto-oncogene can play a role in the development, growth, progression, and metastasis of a wide variety of human cancers.
- Src over-activation in the form of elevated kinase activity and protein expression levels, has been demonstrated in several major cancer types, including colon, breast, pancreatic, lung, and brain carcinomas.
- Src kinase modulates signal transduction through multiple oncogenic pathways, including EGFR, Her2/neu, PDGFR, FGFR 3 and VEGFR.
- EGFR EGFR
- Her2/neu Her2/neu
- PDGFR FGFR 3
- VEGFR VEGFR
- Increased c-Src TK activity results in breakdown of the E-cadherin-mediated epithelial cell-cell adhesion, which can be restored by Src inhibition.
- Intimate connections between increased VEGF activity, Src activity, and cellular barrier function related to vascular leak have been also demonstrated.
- Inhibition of Src results in decrease in vascular leak when exogenous VEGF is administered in in vivo studies. Examples where excessive vascular permeability leads to particularly deleterious effects include pulmonary edema, cerebral edema, and cardiac edema.
- a small molecule inhibitor of c-Src can be beneficial for the treatment of several disease states.
- VEGFR inhibition has been shown to be validated for disease states involving angiogenesis, various cancers and in back of the eye diseases as exemplified by acute macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic macular edema (DME) and proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), all blinding eye diseases that afflicts large numbers of people.
- AMD acute macular degeneration
- DME diabetic macular edema
- PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
- the present invention provides methods of use for certain chemical compounds such as kinase inhibitors for treatment of various diseases, disorders, and pathologies, for example, cancer, and vascular disorders, such as myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or ischemia, and in ocular diseases and disorders such as acute macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, cancer, and glaucoma.
- vascular disorders such as myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or ischemia
- MI myocardial infarction
- ischemia myocardial infarction
- ocular diseases and disorders such as acute macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, cancer, and glaucoma.
- the compounds described of this invention may be beneficial for treatment of the diseases where disorders affect cell motility, adhesion, and cell cycle progression, and in addition, diseases with related hypoxic conditions, osteoporosis and conditions which result from, or are related to, increases in vascular permeability, inflammation or respiratory distress, tumor growth, invasion, angiogenesis, metastases and apoptosis.
- examples of some kinase inhibitors that can be used to bring about beneficial therapeutic results include inhibitors of Src kinase, and Vegfr kinase.
- Li is any of O, SO, SO 2 , SO 2 -alkyl, SO 2 NH, CO, C(O)NH, SO 2 NH-alkyl, CO-alkyl, C(O)NH-alkyl, OC(O), C(O)O, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, or hydroxyalkyl;
- L 2 is any of H, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; or when Gi is heteroaryl or H, Li or L 2 or both Li and L 2 can be absent;
- Ai is any of a bond, NR 3 , C(O), S(O), S(O) 2 , P(O) 2 , O, S, and C(R a ) 2 , wherein if Ai is a bond, then the phenyl ring is directly connected to the group A 2 ;
- a 2 is any of NR 3 , C(O), S(O), S(O) 2 , P(O) 2 , O, and S; and the connectivity between the phenyl ring, Aj, A 2 and the pyrimidine ring are chemically correct;
- Ra is any of H, lower alkyl, branched alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, alkylhydroxyl, alklythiol, and alkylamino;
- R3 for each occurrence, is any of hydrogen, alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, alklylhydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
- n is an integer having value between 0 and 4 inclusive;
- L 5 is any of lower alkyl, branched alkyl, CF3, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, bicyclic with one of the rings being aryl or heteroaryl and the other ring being nonaryl, and bicyclic with both rings being nonaryl; and
- an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl independently for each occurrence, can be substituted on 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbons by alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF 3 , cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl.
- compositions including at least one compound of structure (A) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefore.
- articles of manufacture including packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material includes a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with compromised vasculostasis and wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of structure (A).
- articles of manufacture including packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material includes a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with vascular permeability leakage or compromised vasculostasis selected from myocardial infarction, stroke, congestive heart failure, an ischemia or reperfusion injury, cancer, arthritis or other arthropathy, retinopathy or vitreoretinal disease, macular degeneration, autoimmune disease, vascular leakage syndrome, inflammatory disease, edema, transplant rejection, burn, or acute or adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of structure (A).
- the packaging material includes a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with vascular permeability leakage or compromised vasculostasis selected from myocardial infarction, stroke, congestive heart failure, an ischemia or reperfusion injury, cancer, arthritis or other arthropathy, retinopathy or vitreoretinal disease
- a disorder associated with compromised vasculostasis including the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms and individual diastereomers thereof, to a subject in need of such treatment.
- methods of treating a disorder associated with compromised vasculostasis including the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms and individual diastereomers thereof, in combination with an anti-inflammatory, chemotherapeutic agent, immunomodulatory agent, therapeutic antibody or a protein kinase inhibitor, to a subject in need of such treatment.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having myocardial infarction including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- VLS vascular leakage syndrome
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having cancer including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having stroke including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having ARDS including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having burns including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having arthritis including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A) 5 thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having edema including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- VLS vascular leakage syndrome
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having retinopathy or vitreoretinal disease including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having ischemic or reperfusion related tissue injury or damage including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having an autoimmune disease including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having transplant rejection including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having inflammatory disease including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
- processes for making a pharmaceutical composition including combining a combination of at least one compound of structure (A) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms salts and individual diastereomers thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- heteroatom refers to any atom other than carbon, for example, N, O, or S.
- aromatic refers to a cyclically conjugated molecular entity with stability, due to derealization, significantly greater than that of a hypothetical localized structure, such as the Kekule structure.
- heterocyclic when used to describe an aromatic ring, refers to the aromatic rings containing at least one heteroatom, as defined above.
- heterocyclic when not used to describe an aromatic ring, refers to cyclic (i.e., ring-containing) groups other than aromatic groups, the cyclic group being formed by between 3 and about 14 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom described above.
- substituted heterocyclic refers, for both aromatic and non-aromatic structures, to heterocyclic groups further bearing one or more substitutents described below.
- alkyl refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from one to about 12 carbon atoms, for example, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, iso- propyl, n-butyl, ⁇ -butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl (also known as n-amyl), ⁇ -hexyl, and the like.
- lower alkyl refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
- substituted alkyl refers to alkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents such as hydroxy, alkoxy, mercapto, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, amido, aldehyde, acyl, oxyacyl, carboxyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamide, sulfuryl, and the like.
- substitutents such as hydroxy, alkoxy, mercapto, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, amido, aldehyde, acyl
- alkenyl refers to straight-chained or branched hydrocarbyl groups having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and having between about 2 and about 12 carbon atoms
- substituted alkenyl refers to alkenyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- alkynyl refers to straight-chained or branched hydrocarbyl groups having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having between about 2 and about 12 carbon atoms
- substituted alkynyl refers to alkynyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- aryl refers to aromatic groups having between about 5 and about 14 carbon atoms and the term “substituted aryl” refers to aryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- heteroaryl refers to aromatic rings, where the ring structure is formed by between 3 and about 14 carbon atoms and by at least one heteroatom described above, and the term “substituted heteroaryl” refers to heteroaryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- alkoxy refers to the moiety — O— alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above, and the term “substituted alkoxy” refers to alkoxy groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- cycloalkyl refers to alkyl groups having between 3 and about 8 carbon atoms arranged as a ring, and the term “substituted cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- alkylaryl refers to alkyl-substituted aryl groups and the term “substituted alkylaryl” refers to alkylaryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- arylalkyl refers to aryl-substituted alkyl groups and the term “substituted arylalkyl” refers to arylalkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- arylalkenyl refers to aryl-substituted alkenyl groups and the term “substituted arylalkenyl” refers to arylalkenyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- arylalkynyl refers to aryl-substituted alkynyl groups and the term “substituted arylalkynyl” refers to arylalkynyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- arylene refers to divalent aromatic groups having between 5 and about 14 carbon atoms and the term “substituted arylene” refers to arylene groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
- kinase refers to any enzyme that catalyzes the addition of phosphate groups to a protein residue; for example, serine and threonine kinases catalyze the addition of phosphate groups to serine and threonine residues.
- Src kinase refers to the related homologs or analogs belonging to the mammalian family of Src kinases, including, for example, c-Src, Fyn, Yes and Lyn kinases and the hematopoietic-restricted kinases Hck, Fgr, Lck and BIk.
- Src kinase signaling pathway and “Src cascade” refer to both the upstream and downstream components of the Src signaling cascade.
- Src cascade refers to both the upstream and downstream components of the Src signaling cascade.
- VEGFR kinase refer to any of the vacular endothelial growth factor receptors.
- terapéuticaally effective amount refers to the amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by the researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, e.g., restoration or maintenance of vasculostasis or prevention of the compromise or loss or vasculostasis; reduction of tumor burden; reduction of morbidity and/or mortality.
- pharmaceutically acceptable refers to the fact that the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
- administering a compound refers to the act of providing a compound of the invention or pharmaceutical composition to the subject in need of treatment.
- antibody refers to intact molecules of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab and F(ab')2, Fv and SCA fragments which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
- vasculostasis refers to the maintenance of the homeostatic vascular functioning leading to the normal physiologic functioning.
- vasculostatic agents refers to agents that seek to address conditions in which vasculostasis is compromised by preventing the loss of or restoring or maintaining vasculostasis.
- compounds having the structure (A) are provided for treatment of various diseases, disorders, and pathologies:
- Li is any of O, SO, SO 2 , SO 2 -alkyl, SO 2 NH, CO, C(O)NH, SO 2 NH-alkyl, CO-alkyl, C(O)NH-alkyl, OC(O), C(O)O, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, or hydroxyalkyl;
- L 2 is any of H, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; or when Gi is heteroaryl or H, Lj or L 2 or both Li and L2 can be absent;
- Ai is any of a bond, NR a , C(O), S(O), S(O) 2 , P(O) 2 , 0, S, and C(R a )2, wherein if Ai is a bond, then the phenyl ring is directly connected to the group A 2 ;
- a 2 is any of NR 3 , C(O), S(O), S(O) 2 , P(O) 2 , O, and S; and the connectivity between the phenyl ring, Ai, A 2 and the pyrimidine ring are chemically correct;
- Ra is any of H, lower alkyl, branched alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, alkylhydroxyl, alklythiol, and alkylamino;
- R3 for each occurrence, is any of hydrogen, alkyl, branched alky], alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, alklylhydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
- n is an integer having value between 0 and 4 inclusive;
- Ls is any of lower alkyl, branched alkyl, CF 3 , cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, bicyclic with one of the rings being aryl or heteroaryl and the other ring being nonaryl, and bicyclic with both rings being nonary]; and
- an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl can be substituted on 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbons by alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF 3 , cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl.
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- X is selected from a group consisting of CH and N, and all of Li, L2, L 3 , L4, L 5 , R 3 , Ai, A2, t, s, and n are as defined above.
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- L 5 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
- the moeity is any of
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- L5 is any of an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and all of X, Li, L 2 , R 3 and n are as defined above.
- the moeity L1-L2 is any of:
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- Ls is a phenyl optionally substituted on 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 carbons with halogen, alkyl, or CF 3 ;
- X is N or CH; and the moiety L1-L2 is any of SO ⁇ -alkyl-heterocycle, -SC ⁇ NH-alkyl-heterocycle; SCV-heterocycle, -O-alkyl-heterocycle; -C(O)N-alkyl-heterocycle, -C(O)-alkyl-heterocycle, -alkyl-heterocycle; -O-alkyl; -C(O)O-alkyl;-OH; -OC(O)-phenyl; wherein the heterocycle or the phenyl can be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkyoxy, hydroxyalkyl, or halogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal
- the compounds are provided having the general structure
- L5 is phenyl, optionally substituted with methyl, halogen, or CF3; R 3 is any of methyl and chloro, and X is any of CH and N, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof.
- the methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention are useful in treating a variety of disorders associated with compromised vasculostasis and other disorders, including but not limited to: stroke, cardiovascular disease, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, ischemic heart disease, coronary artery disease, cardiogenic shock, vascular shock, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary edema (including cardiogenic pulmonary edema), cancer, pleural effusions, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, and retinopathies, including diabetic retinopathy and retinopathy of prematurity, inflammatory diseases, restenosis, edema (including edema associated with pathologic situations such as cancers and edema induced by medical interventions such as chemotherapy), asthma, acute or adult respiratory distress
- T-cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases including contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease); Type 1 diabetes; psoriasis; contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy); Hashimoto's thyroiditis; Sjogren's syndrome; Autoimmune Hyperthyroidism, such as Graves' disease; Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands); autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome); autoimmune alopecia; pernicious anemia; vitiligo; autoimmune hypopituatarism; Guillain-Barre syndrome; other autoimmune diseases; cancers, including those where kinases such as Src-family kinases are activated or overexpressed, such as colon carcinoma and thymoma, or cancers where kinase activity facilitates tumor growth or survival; glomerulonephritis, serum sickness; uticaria; allergic diseases such as respiratory allergies
- the methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention are useful in treating a variety of ocular diseases and disorders, such as Hd diseases or disorders, lacrimal gland diseases or disorders, conjunctival disorders, corneal disorders, iris, ciliary body and choroidal disorders, lens diseases or disorders, retinal diseases or disorders, optic nerve diseases or disorders, sclera diseases or disordes, and orbit diseases or disorders.
- ocular diseases and disorders such as Hd diseases or disorders, lacrimal gland diseases or disorders, conjunctival disorders, corneal disorders, iris, ciliary body and choroidal disorders, lens diseases or disorders, retinal diseases or disorders, optic nerve diseases or disorders, sclera diseases or disordes, and orbit diseases or disorders.
- ocular disorders and diseases that can be treated using the methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention include, without limitations, Basal Cell Carcinoma of the Eyelid, Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma, Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Eyelid, Papilloma of Eyelid, Pigmented Lesions of the Eyelid, Blepharitis, Hansen Disease, Hordeolum, Chalazion, Spider Bites, Hemagiomas of the Hd, Laceration of Eyelid Ectropion, Entropion, Dermatochalasis, Distichiasis, Trichiasis, Xanthelasma, Eyelid Coloboma, Laser Tissue Resurfacing, Blepharospasm, Eyelid Myokymia, Floppy Eyelid Syndrome, Marcus Gunn Jaw-winking Syndrome, Ptosis of eye lid (Adult and congenital), Ptosis, Congenital, Dacryoadenitis, Dacryoc
- the compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention may be useful in inhibiting the Fc gamma induced respiratory burst response in neutrophils, and may also be useful in inhibiting the Fc gamma dependent production of TNF alpha.
- the ability to inhibit Fc gamma receptor dependent neutrophil, monocyte and macrophage responses may result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the compounds employed in invention methods. This activity may be used, for example, in the treatment of inflammatory diseases, such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease.
- the compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention may also be useful in the treatment of autoimmune glomerulonephritis and other instances of glomerulonephritis induced by deposition of immune complexes in the kidney that trigger Fc gamma receptor responses and which can lead to kidney damage.
- the compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention may be also used to inhibit the Fc epsilon induced degranulation responses.
- the ability to inhibit Fc epsilon receptor dependent mast cell and basophil responses may result in additional antiinflammatory activity for the present compounds beyond their effect on T cells.
- the present invention also provides articles of manufacture comprising packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material comprises a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders and wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound according to the present invention.
- the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a therapeutic agent and a compound of the invention, wherein the compound is present in a concentration effective to reduce vascular leakage associated with indications or therapeutic agents which have vascular leak as a side effect.
- administration of a compound of the invention can be in conjunction with IL-2, immunotoxins, antibodies or chemotherapeutics.
- IL-2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic concentration can be determined by one having ordinary skill in the art according to standard treatment regimen or, for example, as determined by an in vivo animal assay.
- the present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising IL- 2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic and at least one invention compound in an amount effective for inhibiting vascular permeability, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or diluent.
- the compositions of the present invention may contain other therapeutic agents, and may be formulated, for example, by employing conventional solid or liquid vehicles or diluents, as well as pharmaceutical additives of a type appropriate to the mode of desired administration (for example, excipients, binders, preservatives, stabilizers, flavors, etc.) according to techniques known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation.
- the compounds of the invention may be formulated into therapeutic compositions as natural or salt forms.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts include the base addition salts (formed with free carboxyl or other anionic groups) which may be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2- ethylamino-ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- Such salts may also be formed as acid addition salts with any free cationic groups and will generally be formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric, or phosphoric acids, or organic acids such as acetic, citric, p-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like.
- Salts of the invention include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Salts of the invention also include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with suitable organic acids, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, and the like.
- suitable organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, and the like.
- Additional excipients which are contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention are those available to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, those found in the United States Pharmacopoeia Vol. XXII and National Formulary Vol. XVII, U.S. Pharmacopoeia Convention, Inc., Rockville, MD (1989), the relevant contents of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- polymorphs of the invention compounds are included in the present invention.
- compositions of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, or intracistemal injection or inftision techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents.
- suitable means for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, or intracistemal injection or inftision techniques (
- the present compounds may, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions comprising the present compounds, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps.
- the present compounds may also be administered liposomally.
- mammals including, but not limited to, cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rats or other bovine, ovine, equine, canine, feline, rodent or murine species can be treated.
- the method can also be practiced in other species, such as avian species (e.g., chickens).
- compositions for the administration of the compounds of this embodiment either alone or in combination with IL-2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic may conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing the active ingredient into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
- the active object compound is included in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of diseases.
- compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
- compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations.
- Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
- the tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
- a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gel capsules, such as soft gelatin capsules, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
- soft gel capsules such as soft gelatin capsules, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
- Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy- propylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan
- the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n- propyl, jp-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
- the oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
- a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., sodium EDTA
- suspending agent e.g., sodium EDTA
- preservatives e.g., sodium EDTA, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate
- Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
- sweetening agents for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
- Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
- compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension.
- This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent or co- solvent or complexing agent or dispersing agent or excipient or combination thereof, for example 1,3-butanediol, polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols, ethanol or other alcohols, povidones, various brands of TWEEN surfactant, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium deoxycholate, dimethylacetamide, polysorbates, poloxamers, cyclodextrins, lipids, and excipients such as inorganic salts (e.g., sodium chloride), buffering agents (e.g., sodium citrate, sodium phosphate), and sugars (e.g., saccharose and dextrose).
- a parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent or co- solvent or complexing agent or dispersing agent or excipient or combination thereof for example 1,3-butan
- Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, dextrose solutions, Ringer's solutions and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
- fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
- these pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated and administered systemically or locally. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in the latest edition of "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” (Mack Publishing Co, Easton Pa.). Suitable routes may, for example, include oral or transmucosal administration; as well as parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, or intranasal administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline.
- penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
- Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
- Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
- the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
- the compounds of the present invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the present invention are employed.
- topical application shall include mouthwashes and gargles).
- the invention compounds are administered in combination with an anti-inflammatory agent, antihistamines, chemotherapeutic agent, immunomodulator , therapeutic antibody or a protein kinase inhibitor, e.g., a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, to a subject in need of such treatment.
- chemotherapeutic agents include antimetabolites, such as methotrexate, DNA cross-linking agents, such as cisplatin/carboplatin;. alkylating agents, such as canbusil; topoisomerase I inhibitors such as dactinomicin; microtubule inhibitors such as taxol (paclitaxol), and the like.
- chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, a vinca alkaloid, mitomycin-type antibiotic, bleomycin-type antibiotic, antifolate, colchicine, demecoline, etoposide, taxane, anthracycline antibiotic, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, carminomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mithoxanthrone, 4-dimethoxy-daunomycin, 11-deoxydaunorubicin, 13-deoxydaunorubicin, adriamycin- 14-benzoate, adriamycin- 14-octanoate, adriamycin- 14-naphthaleneacetate, amsacrine, carmustine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, etoposide, lovastatin, melphalan, topetecan, oxalaplatin, chlorambucil, meth
- therapeutic antibodies include antibodies directed against the HER2 protein, such as trastuzumab; antibodies directed against growth factors or growth factor receptors, such as bevacizumab, which targets vascular endothelial growth factor, and OSI- 774, which targets epidermal growth factor; antibodies targeting integrin receptors, such as Vitaxin (also known as MEDI-522), and the like.
- Classes of anticancer agents suitable for use in compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to: 1) alkaloids, including, microtubule inhibitors (e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, and Vindesine, etc.), microtubule stabilizers (e.g., Paclitaxel [Taxol], and Docetaxel, Taxotere, etc.), and chromatin function inhibitors, including, topoisomerase inhibitors, such as, epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., Etoposide [VP-16], and Teniposide [VM-26], etc.), and agents that target topoisomerase T (e.g., Camptothecin and Isirinotecan [CPT-1 1], etc.); 2) covalent DNA-binding agents [alkylating agents], including, nitrogen mustards (e.g., Mechlorethamine, Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosphamide, and Busulfan [My
- compositions and methods of the present invention may further comprise other therapeutically active compounds as noted herein which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions.
- other therapeutic agents include the following: cyclosporins (e.g., cyclosporin A), CTLA4-Ig, antibodies such as ICAM-3, anti-IL-2 receptor (Anti-Tac), anti-CD45RB, anti-CD2, anti- CD3 (OKT-3), anti-CD4, anti-CD80, anti-CD86, agents blocking the interaction between CD40 and gp39, such as antibodies specific for CD40 and/or gp39 (i.e., CD 154), fusion proteins constructed from CD40 and gp39 (CD40Ig and CD8gp39), inhibitors, such as nuclear translocation inhibitors, of NF-kappa B function, such as deoxyspergualin (DSG), cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors such as HMG CoA reductase inhibitors (lovastati ⁇ and simvastatin), non-
- cytokine encompasses chemokines, interleukins, lymphokines, monokines, colony stimulating factors, and receptor associated proteins, and functional fragments thereof.
- functional fragment refers to a polypeptide or peptide which possesses biological function or activity that is identified through a defined functional assay.
- the cytokines include endothelial monocyte activating polypeptide II (EMAP-II), granulocyte-macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF), granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF), macrophage-CSF (M-CSF), IL-I, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-12, and IL-13, interferons, and the like and which is associated with a particular biologic, morphologic, or phenotypic alteration in a cell or cell mechanism.
- EMP-II endothelial monocyte activating polypeptide II
- GM-CSF granulocyte-macrophage-CSF
- G-CSF granulocyte-CSF
- M-CSF macrophage-CSF
- IL-I IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-12, and IL-13
- interferons interferons
- an appropriate dosage level can generally be between about 0.01 and about 500 mg per 1 kg of patient body weight per day which can be administered in single or multiple doses.
- the dosage level can be between about 0.01 and about 250 mg/kg per day; more narrowly, between about 0.5 and about 100 mg/kg per day.
- a suitable dosage level can be between about 0.01 and about 250 mg/kg per day, between about 0.05 and about 100 mg/kg per day, or between about 0.1 and about 50 mg/kg per day, or about 1.0 mg/kg per day.
- the dosage can be between about 0.05 and about 0.5 mg/kg per day, or between about 0.5 and about 5 mg/kg per day, or between about 5 and about 50 mg/kg per day.
- the compositions can be provided in the form of tablets containing between about 1.0 and about 1,000 mg of the active ingredient, for example, about 1.0, about 5.0, about 10.0, about 15.0, about 20.0, about 25.0, about 50.0, about 75.0, about 100.0, about 150.0, about 200.0, about 250.0, about 300.0, about 400.0, about 500.0, about 600.0, about 750.0, about 800.0, about 900.0, and about 1,000.0 mg of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated.
- the compounds can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, such as once or twice per day. There may be a period of no administration followed by another regimen of administration. Administration of the compounds can be associated with the schedule of IL-2 administration. For example, administration can be prior to, simultaneously with or immediately following IL-2 administration.
- Compounds of the present invention can be used, alone or in combination with an effective amount of a therapeutic antibody (or therapeutic fragment thereof), a chemotherapeutic or an immunotoxic agent, for treatment of tumors. While doxorubicin, docetaxel, or taxol are described in the present application as illustrative examples of chemotherapeutic agents, it should be understood that the invention includes combination therapy including a compound of the invention, including but not limited to vasculostatic agents, such as tyrosine, serine or threonine kinase inhibitors, for example, Src-family inhibitors, and any chemotherapeutic agent or therapeutic antibody. [0123] The following examples are provided to further illustrate the advantages and features of the present invention, but are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
- the resulting solution was extracted with CHCI3 (3 x 50 mL) and sat. NaHCO 3 (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The organic solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column with 20% CH 3 OH / CHCl 3 as an eluent. The precipitated yellow solid was isolated by washed with acetone and dried in vacuo (1.2 g, 52%). The above product was hydrogenated in 100 mL methanol/ethyl acetate (v/v: 1:1) using Pd/C (10%, 1 g) for 2 h. The palladium catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated. The pale yellow solid was isolated by washed with acetone/methanol (v/v 5:1) and dried in vacuo (550 mg, 49%).
- the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL).
- the combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent was removed.
- the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 10% CH 3 OH/CHCI 3 as eluents to give the final product as a white solid (27 mg, 15%).
- the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL).
- the combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent was removed.
- the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a white solid (85 mg, 13%).
- the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (50 mL).
- the combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent was removed.
- the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCI 3 to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a pale yellow solid (100 mg, 19%).
- the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL).
- the combined organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent was removed.
- the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCl 3 to 10% CH 3 OH/CHCI 3 as eluents to give the final product as a pale yellow solid (100 mg, 21%).
- the crude product was purified by using HPLC.
- the HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCC> 3 (50 mL).
- the free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL).
- the combined organic layer was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
- the solvent was removed in vacuo.
- the free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et 2 O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent.
- the residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et ⁇ O (20 mL) was added.
- the solid was collected by centrifuging.
- the title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (5 mg, 2%).
- reaction mixture was evaporated, and the residue was dissolved in hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (100 mL, 6:4) and quickly filtered through a short silica plug. On evaporation of solvent, 5-methylisoxazole-3-carbonyl chloride was obtained as a colorless syrup (330 mg, 70%).
- the mixture was purged with argon gas for 15 min, then sealed and irradiated in a microwave (Initiator, Biotage) at 180 "C for 60 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the reaction mixtures were combined and partitioned between EtOAc and H 2 O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). Combined EtOAc solutions were washed with H 2 O (2 x 100 mL), brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na 2 SO 4 . The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo with ca. 15 g of silica gel.
- the loaded silica gel was taken to the ISCO system for further purification (80 g column, solid method, 0% to 20% MeOH gradient in DCM, 40 min method). Fractions, containing the product, were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give reddish oil. The oil was re-crystallized from 10 mL of CH 3 CN to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (1.07 g, 35% yield).
- N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.34 g, 7 mmol) was added to a stirring solution of isophthalic acid (1.66 g, 10 mmol) and 3- (trifluoromethyl)benzenamine (0.8 g, 5 mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (10 mL) and DMF (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and recrystalized from water to afford the title compound as a white solid after washed by CHCl 3 (1.5 g, 49%).
- N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (220 mg, 1.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (200 mg) was added to a stirring solution of intermediate 69 (90 mg, 0.3 mmol) and 7V-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-l-yl-propane-l-sulfonyl)- phenyl]-pyrimidine-2,5-diamine (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in anhydrous CH 2 Cl 2 (5 mL) and DMF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 8 h.
- PDGFR ⁇ (0.16 ⁇ g/well, Panvera/Invitrogen) 500 nM ATP and the PTK2 peptide (700 ⁇ M) were combined with compound and reaction buffer as noted above for Src. The reaction was incubated for 60 minutes at 37C, and the residual ATP concentration was determined using the luciferase-based technique also noted above.
- EGFR and VEGFR2 kinase assays were similarly performed.
- EGFR 76ng/well, Panvera/Invitrogen
- VEGFR2 (14.1U/well, Cell Signaling/ProQinase) was used with 0.3mg/ml poly(glu4tyr) and 1.5uM ATP. Both were incubated for 60 minutes at 37C, and the residual ATP was measured via luminescence, per the procedure described above.
- test results for inhibition of Src kinase and Vgegfr2 kinase are presented in Table 1, and the test results for inhibition of some other kinases are presented in Table 2.
- the abbreviation "IC50" means that a particular compound of the invention, when present at the specified concentration, inhibited the kinase by 50%.
- Table 1 Test Results of Inhibition of Src and Vegfr2 Kinases by Some Compounds of the
- Retinal edema was induced in rats by retinal ischemia. LE rats were injected i.v. with the photosensitizing dye Rose Bengal, followed by laser stimulation of a single retinal vein (in the right eye only) so as to induce thrombosis and thus retinal ischemia. Animals were dosed topically with either test compound or vehicle (10 ⁇ L eyedrops twice per day bilaterally) for a total of 5 dosings. Retinal edema was then measured by injecting animals i.p. with sodium fluorescein followed 45 later by ocular fluorophotometry to detect fluorescein leakage into the retina and vitreous chamber.
- EI Edema Index
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- Fod AUC value for fluorescence in the right eye
- F os AUC value for fluorescence in the left (saline injected) eye.
- Choroidal neovasculariztion was induced in mice by laser inury. Laser photocoagulation was performed on the choroids of C57BL/6 mice, after which mice were dosed topically with test compound or vehicle for a total of 14 days (10 ⁇ L applied per eye twice per day). At the end of the 2 week dosing period, mice were perfused with fluorescein-labeled dextran (2xlO 6 average molecular weight), eyes were removed and fixed in formalin, and choroidal flatmounts prepared. Laser injury sites were photographed by fluorescence microscopy and digital images were used to quantify the area of choroidal neovascularization.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Compounds having the general structure (A) are provided. The compounds of the invention are capable of inhibiting kinases, such as members of the Src kinase family, Vegfr and various other specific receptor and non-receptor kinases. Formula (I):
Description
2-AMINO-5-SUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDINE INHIBITORS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention relates generally to the use of pyrimidine-based compounds to treat a variety of disorders, diseases and pathologic conditions, and, more specifically, to the use of 2-amino-5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases to treat various disorders.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Protein kinases are families of enzymes that catalyze the phosphorylation of specific residues in proteins, and may be broadly classified into tyrosine or serine/threonine kinases based on the amino acids phosphorylated. This covalent post-translational modification is a pivotal component of normal cellular communication and maintenance of homeostasis. Tyrosine kinase signaling pathways normally prevent deregulated proliferation or contribute to sensitivity towards apoptotic stimuli. These signaling pathways are often genetically or epigenetically altered in cancer cells to impart a selection advantage to the cancer cells. Understandably therefore, aberrant enhanced signaling emanating from tyrosine kinase endows these enzymes a dominating oncoprotein status, resulting in the malfunctioning of the signaling network. Inappropriate kinase activity arising from mutation, over-expression, or inappropriate regulation, dys-regulation, mis- regulation or de-regulation, as well as over- or under-production of growth factors or cytokines has been implicated in many diseases, including but not limited too cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies, asthma and other respiratory diseases, autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic disorders, .and neurological and neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, and to various blinding ocular diseases.
[0003] Transmembrane receptor protein kinases exhibit an extracellular domain, capable of ligand binding. These ligand binding mechanisms trigger activation of the kinase catalytic domain which initiates a cascade of signals that controls intracellular functions. Examples of receptor protein kinase are growth factors such as EGF, FGF, VEGF, PDGF
and IGF. Nonreceptor protein kinases can be found in many compartments of a cell from inner-cell surface membranes to the cell nucleus.
[0004] Several families of tyrosine kinases can function in each of the responses to various stimuli and pathways, and biological cellular responses relating to cell growth, cell differentiation, survival, apoptosis, mitogenesis, cell cycle control, and cell mobility. Additional complexity results from extensive cross-talk between different receptor kinase pathways. One family of cytoplasmic tyrosine kinases capable of communicating with a large number of different receptors is the Src protein tyrosine kinase family. The c-Src proto-oncogene can play a role in the development, growth, progression, and metastasis of a wide variety of human cancers. Src over-activation, in the form of elevated kinase activity and protein expression levels, has been demonstrated in several major cancer types, including colon, breast, pancreatic, lung, and brain carcinomas. Src kinase modulates signal transduction through multiple oncogenic pathways, including EGFR, Her2/neu, PDGFR, FGFR3 and VEGFR. There are structural and functional interactions between the Src family kinases and cellular receptors, and from Src family kinases on receptor-induced biological activities regulated by these kinases.
[0005] There is a body of evidence linking kinase mis-regulation, dysregulation and mutation to a variety of oncological indications. Kinases have been implicated in ocular diseases, not limited to, but including age related macular degeneration, diabetic macular edema and proliferative diabetic retinopathy.
[0006] Biochemically, cellular stimuli that lead to Src activation result in increased association between Src and the cytoskeleton. As a result, Src mediates the phosphorylation of many intracellular substrates such as EGFR, FAK, PYK2, paxillin, Stat3, and cyclin D. The biological effects of these interactions affect cell motility, adhesion, cell cycle progression, and apoptosis and might have some connection to the disease related effects stated above. Thus, Src plays a role in responses to regional hypoxia, limited nutrients, and internal cellular effects to self-destruct.
[0007] Increased c-Src TK activity results in breakdown of the E-cadherin-mediated epithelial cell-cell adhesion, which can be restored by Src inhibition. Intimate connections between increased VEGF activity, Src activity, and cellular barrier function related to
vascular leak have been also demonstrated. Inhibition of Src results in decrease in vascular leak when exogenous VEGF is administered in in vivo studies. Examples where excessive vascular permeability leads to particularly deleterious effects include pulmonary edema, cerebral edema, and cardiac edema.
[0008] Since the activation and perhaps over-expression of Src has been implicated in cancer, osteoporosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and vascular leak, among others, a small molecule inhibitor of c-Src can be beneficial for the treatment of several disease states. VEGFR inhibition has been shown to be validated for disease states involving angiogenesis, various cancers and in back of the eye diseases as exemplified by acute macular degeneration (AMD), diabetic macular edema (DME) and proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), all blinding eye diseases that afflicts large numbers of people. Dual Src and VEGFR inhibitors thus have the potential for multiple utility in several different disease states.
SUMMARY
[0009] The present invention provides methods of use for certain chemical compounds such as kinase inhibitors for treatment of various diseases, disorders, and pathologies, for example, cancer, and vascular disorders, such as myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or ischemia, and in ocular diseases and disorders such as acute macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, cancer, and glaucoma. In addition, the compounds described of this invention may be beneficial for treatment of the diseases where disorders affect cell motility, adhesion, and cell cycle progression, and in addition, diseases with related hypoxic conditions, osteoporosis and conditions which result from, or are related to, increases in vascular permeability, inflammation or respiratory distress, tumor growth, invasion, angiogenesis, metastases and apoptosis.
[0010] According to embodiments of the invention, examples of some kinase inhibitors that can be used to bring about beneficial therapeutic results include inhibitors of Src kinase, and Vegfr kinase.
[0012] In the compounds of the structure (A), Li is any of O, SO, SO2, SO2-alkyl, SO2NH, CO, C(O)NH, SO2NH-alkyl, CO-alkyl, C(O)NH-alkyl, OC(O), C(O)O, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, or hydroxyalkyl;
[0013] L2 is any of H, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; or when Gi is heteroaryl or H, Li or L2 or both Li and L2 can be absent;
[0014] Ai is any of a bond, NR3, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, O, S, and C(Ra)2, wherein if Ai is a bond, then the phenyl ring is directly connected to the group A2;
[0015] A2 is any of NR3, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, O, and S; and the connectivity between the phenyl ring, Aj, A2 and the pyrimidine ring are chemically correct;
[0016] Ra is any of H, lower alkyl, branched alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, alkylhydroxyl, alklythiol, and alkylamino;
[0017] R3, for each occurrence, is any of hydrogen, alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, alklylhydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
[0018] n is an integer having value between 0 and 4 inclusive;
[0019J L3 and L4 are each, independently, any of NH, NR3, NHCH2, NHCHR3, NHC(Ra)2, N(O), C(O), S(O), S(O)2, OS(O)2, O, CH2, CHR3, (CR3),, P(O), OP, OP(O), OP(O)2, P(O)NH, P(O)NR3, P(O)2NH, C(O)NH, C(O) NR3, NHC(O), GNR3C(O), NHS(O), NRaS(O), NHS(O)2, NR3S(O)2, NHP(O), and NR3P(O)2;
[0020] each of s and t is an integer independently having the value of 0 or 1 , with the proviso that if s = 0, then t = 1, and if t = 0, then s = 1; and
[0021] L5 is any of lower alkyl, branched alkyl, CF3, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, bicyclic with one of the rings being aryl or heteroaryl and the other ring being nonaryl, and bicyclic with both rings being nonaryl; and
[0022] wherein an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, independently for each occurrence, can be substituted on 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbons by alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl.
[0023] In another embodiment, there are provided pharmaceutical compositions including at least one compound of structure (A) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier therefore.
[0024] In yet another embodiment, there are provided articles of manufacture including packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material includes a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with compromised vasculostasis and wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of structure (A).
[0025] In another embodiment, there are provided articles of manufacture including packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material includes a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with vascular permeability leakage or compromised vasculostasis selected from myocardial infarction, stroke, congestive heart failure, an ischemia or reperfusion injury, cancer, arthritis or other arthropathy, retinopathy or vitreoretinal disease, macular degeneration, autoimmune disease, vascular leakage syndrome, inflammatory disease, edema, transplant rejection, burn, or acute or adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) and wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes at least one compound of structure (A).
[0026] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a disorder associated with compromised vasculostasis, including the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms and individual diastereomers thereof, to a subject in need of such treatment.
[0027] In yet another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a disorder associated with compromised vasculostasis including the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms and individual diastereomers thereof, in combination with an anti-inflammatory, chemotherapeutic agent, immunomodulatory agent, therapeutic antibody or a protein kinase inhibitor, to a subject in need of such treatment.
[0028] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having myocardial infarction including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0029] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having vascular leakage syndrome (VLS) including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0030] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having cancer including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[00311 In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having stroke including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0032] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having ARDS including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0033] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having burns including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0034] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having arthritis including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A)5 thereby treating the subject.
[0035] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having edema including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0036] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having vascular leakage syndrome (VLS) including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0037] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having retinopathy or vitreoretinal disease including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0038] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having ischemic or reperfusion related tissue injury or damage, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0039] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having an autoimmune disease, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0040] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having transplant rejection, including administering to the subject a
therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0041] In another embodiment, there are provided methods of treating a subject having or at risk of having inflammatory disease, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of structure (A), thereby treating the subject.
[0042] In another embodiment, there are provided processes for making a pharmaceutical composition including combining a combination of at least one compound of structure (A) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, crystal forms salts and individual diastereomers thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0043] The following terminology and definitions apply as used in the present application, generally in conformity with the terminology recommended by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC):
[0044] The term "heteroatom" refers to any atom other than carbon, for example, N, O, or S.
[0045] The term "aromatic" refers to a cyclically conjugated molecular entity with stability, due to derealization, significantly greater than that of a hypothetical localized structure, such as the Kekule structure.
[0046] The term "heterocyclic," when used to describe an aromatic ring, refers to the aromatic rings containing at least one heteroatom, as defined above.
[0047] The term "heterocyclic," when not used to describe an aromatic ring, refers to cyclic (i.e., ring-containing) groups other than aromatic groups, the cyclic group being formed by between 3 and about 14 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom described above.
[0048] The term "substituted heterocyclic" refers, for both aromatic and non-aromatic structures, to heterocyclic groups further bearing one or more substitutents described below.
[0049] The term "alkyl" refers to a monovalent straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group having from one to about 12 carbon atoms, for example, methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, iso- propyl, n-butyl, ώσ-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl (also known as n-amyl), Λ-hexyl, and the like. The term "lower alkyl" refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
[0050] The term "substituted alkyl" refers to alkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents such as hydroxy, alkoxy, mercapto, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, amino, amido, aldehyde, acyl, oxyacyl, carboxyl, sulfonyl, sulfonamide, sulfuryl, and the like.
[0051] The term "alkenyl" refers to straight-chained or branched hydrocarbyl groups having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, and having between about 2 and about 12 carbon atoms, and the term "substituted alkenyl" refers to alkenyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0052] The term "alkynyl" refers to straight-chained or branched hydrocarbyl groups having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, and having between about 2 and about 12 carbon atoms, and the term "substituted alkynyl" refers to alkynyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0053] The term "aryl" refers to aromatic groups having between about 5 and about 14 carbon atoms and the term "substituted aryl" refers to aryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0054] The term "heteroaryl" refers to aromatic rings, where the ring structure is formed by between 3 and about 14 carbon atoms and by at least one heteroatom described above, and the term "substituted heteroaryl" refers to heteroaryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0055] The term "alkoxy" refers to the moiety — O— alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined above, and the term "substituted alkoxy" refers to alkoxy groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0056] The term "cycloalkyl" refers to alkyl groups having between 3 and about 8 carbon atoms arranged as a ring, and the term "substituted cycloalkyl" refers to cycloalkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[00571 The term "alkylaryl" refers to alkyl-substituted aryl groups and the term "substituted alkylaryl" refers to alkylaryl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0058] The term "arylalkyl" refers to aryl-substituted alkyl groups and the term "substituted arylalkyl" refers to arylalkyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0059] The term "arylalkenyl" refers to aryl-substituted alkenyl groups and the term "substituted arylalkenyl" refers to arylalkenyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0060] The term "arylalkynyl" refers to aryl-substituted alkynyl groups and the term "substituted arylalkynyl" refers to arylalkynyl groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0061] The term "arylene" refers to divalent aromatic groups having between 5 and about 14 carbon atoms and the term "substituted arylene" refers to arylene groups further bearing one or more substitutents described above.
[0062] The term "kinase" refers to any enzyme that catalyzes the addition of phosphate groups to a protein residue; for example, serine and threonine kinases catalyze the addition of phosphate groups to serine and threonine residues.
[0063] The terms "Src kinase," "Src kinase family," and "Src family" refer to the related homologs or analogs belonging to the mammalian family of Src kinases, including, for example, c-Src, Fyn, Yes and Lyn kinases and the hematopoietic-restricted kinases Hck, Fgr, Lck and BIk.
[0064] The terms "Src kinase signaling pathway," and "Src cascade" refer to both the upstream and downstream components of the Src signaling cascade.
[0065] • The terms "VEGFR kinase," "VEGFR," refer to any of the vacular endothelial growth factor receptors.
[0066] The terms "VEGF signaling," and "VEGF cascade" refer to both the upstream and downstream components of the VEGF signaling cascade.
[0067] The term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to the amount of the compound or pharmaceutical composition that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human that is being sought by the researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician, e.g., restoration or maintenance of vasculostasis or prevention of the compromise or loss or vasculostasis; reduction of tumor burden; reduction of morbidity and/or mortality.
[0068] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to the fact that the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
[0069] The terms "administration of a compound" or "administering a compound" refer to the act of providing a compound of the invention or pharmaceutical composition to the subject in need of treatment.
[0070] The term "antibody" refers to intact molecules of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab and F(ab')2, Fv and SCA fragments which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
[0071] The term "vasculostasis" refers to the maintenance of the homeostatic vascular functioning leading to the normal physiologic functioning.
[0072] The term "vasculostatic agents" refers to agents that seek to address conditions in which vasculostasis is compromised by preventing the loss of or restoring or maintaining vasculostasis.
[0073] According to an embodiment of the invention, compounds having the structure (A) are provided for treatment of various diseases, disorders, and pathologies:
[0074] In the compounds of the structure (A), Li is any of O, SO, SO2, SO2-alkyl, SO2NH, CO, C(O)NH, SO2NH-alkyl, CO-alkyl, C(O)NH-alkyl, OC(O), C(O)O, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, or hydroxyalkyl;
[0075] L2 is any of H, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle; or when Gi is heteroaryl or H, Lj or L2 or both Li and L2 can be absent;
[0076] Ai is any of a bond, NRa, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, 0, S, and C(Ra)2, wherein if Ai is a bond, then the phenyl ring is directly connected to the group A2;
[0077] A2 is any of NR3, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, O, and S; and the connectivity between the phenyl ring, Ai, A2 and the pyrimidine ring are chemically correct;
[0078] Ra is any of H, lower alkyl, branched alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, alkylhydroxyl, alklythiol, and alkylamino;
[0079] R3, for each occurrence, is any of hydrogen, alkyl, branched alky], alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, alklylhydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
[0080] n is an integer having value between 0 and 4 inclusive;
[0081] L3 and L4 are each, independently, any of NH, NR3, NHCH2, NHCHR3, NHC(Ra)2, N(O), C(O), S(O), S(O)2, OS(O)2, O, CH2, CHRa, (CRa)2, P(O), OP5 OP(O), OP(O)2, P(O)NH, P(O)NR3, P(O)2NH, C(O)NH, C(O) NRa, NHC(O), GNR3C(O), NHS(O), NR3S(O), NHS(O)2, NR3S(O)2, NHP(O), and NR8P(O)2;
[0082] each of s and t is an integer independently having the value of 0 or I5 with the proviso that if s = 0, then t = 1, and if t = 0, then s = 1; and
[0083] Ls is any of lower alkyl, branched alkyl, CF3, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, bicyclic with one of the rings being aryl or heteroaryl and the other ring being nonaryl, and bicyclic with both rings being nonary]; and
[0084] wherein an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, independently for each occurrence, can be substituted on 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbons by alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl.
[0085] In some embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein X is selected from a group consisting of CH and N, and all of Li, L2, L3, L4, L5, R3, Ai, A2, t, s, and n are as defined above.
[0086] In some other embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein each of Ai and A2 is independently selected from a group consisting of C=O and NH, with the further proviso that when Ai is NH, A2 is C=O, and when A2 is NH, Ai is C=O5 and all of X, Li, L2, L3, L4, L5, R3, t, s, and n are as defined above.
[0087] In some embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein all of X, Li, L2, L3, L4, L5, R3, t, s, and n are as defined above.
[0088] In some embodiments, in the structures provided above, L5 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some emobidments, in the structures provided above, the moeity
is any of
[0089] In some embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein L5 is any of an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and all of X, Li, L2, R3 and n are as defined above.
[0090] In some emobidments, in the structures provided above, the moeity L1-L2 is any of:
--Υ,
[0091] In some embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein Ls is a phenyl optionally substituted on 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 carbons with halogen, alkyl, or CF3; X is N or CH; and the moiety L1-L2 is any of SO∑-alkyl-heterocycle, -SC^NH-alkyl-heterocycle; SCV-heterocycle, -O-alkyl-heterocycle; -C(O)N-alkyl-heterocycle, -C(O)-alkyl-heterocycle, -alkyl-heterocycle; -O-alkyl; -C(O)O-alkyl;-OH; -OC(O)-phenyl; wherein the heterocycle or the phenyl can be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkyoxy, hydroxyalkyl, or halogen; and pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof, and in some embodiments, the optionally substitituted heterocycle is selected from a group consisting of azetadine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, azepane, diazepane, and azocane.
[0092] In some embodiments, the compounds are provided having the general structure
wherein L5 is phenyl, optionally substituted with methyl, halogen, or CF3; R3 is any of methyl and chloro, and X is any of CH and N, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof.
[0093] Some non-limiting examples of specific compounds described by structure A that can be used include compounds I through LXIII shown below:
XIII
XIV
XV
XVI
XVIII
XIX
XX
XXI
XXXVII
XUII
XLIV
XLV
XLVI
XLVII
LIII
LIV
LV
LVIII
LXII
LXIII
[0094] The methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention, either when administered alone or in combination with other agents (e.g., chemotherapeutic agents or protein therapeutic agents described below) are useful in treating a variety of disorders
associated with compromised vasculostasis and other disorders, including but not limited to: stroke, cardiovascular disease, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure, cardiomyopathy, myocarditis, ischemic heart disease, coronary artery disease, cardiogenic shock, vascular shock, pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary edema (including cardiogenic pulmonary edema), cancer, pleural effusions, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetic retinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, and retinopathies, including diabetic retinopathy and retinopathy of prematurity, inflammatory diseases, restenosis, edema (including edema associated with pathologic situations such as cancers and edema induced by medical interventions such as chemotherapy), asthma, acute or adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), lupus, vascular leakage, transplant (such as organ transplant, acute transplant or heterograft or homograft (such as is employed in burn treatment)) rejection; protection from ischemic or reperfusion injury such as ischemic or reperfusion injury incurred during organ transplantation, transplantation tolerance induction; ischemic or reperfusion injury following angioplasty; arthritis (such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis or osteoarthritis); multiple sclerosis; inflammatory bowel disease, including ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease; lupus (systemic lupus crythematosis); graft vs. host diseases; T-cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases, including contact hypersensitivity, delayed-type hypersensitivity, and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease); Type 1 diabetes; psoriasis; contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy); Hashimoto's thyroiditis; Sjogren's syndrome; Autoimmune Hyperthyroidism, such as Graves' disease; Addison's disease (autoimmune disease of the adrenal glands); autoimmune polyglandular disease (also known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome); autoimmune alopecia; pernicious anemia; vitiligo; autoimmune hypopituatarism; Guillain-Barre syndrome; other autoimmune diseases; cancers, including those where kinases such as Src-family kinases are activated or overexpressed, such as colon carcinoma and thymoma, or cancers where kinase activity facilitates tumor growth or survival; glomerulonephritis, serum sickness; uticaria; allergic diseases such as respiratory allergies (asthma, hay fever, allergic rhinitis) or skin allergies; mycosis fungoides; acute inflammatory responses (such as acute or adult respiratory distress syndrome and ischemia/reperfusion injury); dermatomyositis; alopecia areata; chronic actinic dermatitis; eczema; Behcet's disease; Pustulosis palmoplanteris; Pyoderma gangrenum; Sezary's syndrome; atopic dermatitis; systemic schlerosis; morphea; peripheral limb ischemia and ischemic limb disease; bone disease such as osteoporosis, osteomalacia,
hyperparathyroidism, Paget's disease, and renal osteodystrophy; vascular leak syndromes, including vascular leak syndromes induced by chemotherapies or immunomodulators such as IL-2; spinal cord and brain injury or trauma; glaucoma; retinal diseases, including macular degeneration; vitreoretinal disease; pancreatitis; vasculatides, including vasculitis, Kawasaki disease, thromboangiitis obliterans, Wegener's granulomatosis, and Behcet's disease; scleroderma; preeclampsia; thalassemia; Kaposi's sarcoma; von Hippel Lindau disease; and the like.
[0095] Also, the methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention, either when administered alone or in combination with other agents (e.g., chemotherapeutic agents or protein therapeutic agents described below) are useful in treating a variety of ocular diseases and disorders, such as Hd diseases or disorders, lacrimal gland diseases or disorders, conjunctival disorders, corneal disorders, iris, ciliary body and choroidal disorders, lens diseases or disorders, retinal diseases or disorders, optic nerve diseases or disorders, sclera diseases or disordes, and orbit diseases or disorders.
[0096] Some specific examples of ocular disorders and diseases that can be treated using the methods, compounds, and compositions of the present invention include, without limitations, Basal Cell Carcinoma of the Eyelid, Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma, Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Eyelid, Papilloma of Eyelid, Pigmented Lesions of the Eyelid, Blepharitis, Hansen Disease, Hordeolum, Chalazion, Spider Bites, Hemagiomas of the Hd, Laceration of Eyelid Ectropion, Entropion, Dermatochalasis, Distichiasis, Trichiasis, Xanthelasma, Eyelid Coloboma, Laser Tissue Resurfacing, Blepharospasm, Eyelid Myokymia, Floppy Eyelid Syndrome, Marcus Gunn Jaw-winking Syndrome, Ptosis of eye lid (Adult and congenital), Ptosis, Congenital, Dacryoadenitis, Dacryocystitis, Lacrimal Gland Tumors, Dry eye syndrome, Nasolacrimal Duct, Obstruction, Alacrima, Congenital Anomalies of Nasolacrimal Duct, Laceration, Canalicular, Squamous Cell Carcinoma of Conjunctiva, Papilloma conjunctiva, conjunctival melanoma, Kaposi Sarcoma, Bacterial Conjunctivitis, Viral Conjunctivitis, Pharyngoconjunctival Fever, Epidemic Keratoconjunctivitis, chemical burns, Cicatricial Pemphigoid, Allergic Conjunctivitis, Giant Papillary Conjunctivitis, Stevens- Johnson Syndrome, Atopic keratoconjunctivitis, Ocular Rosacea, Sub conjunctival hemorrhage, Pterygium, Filtering bleb complications, Dystrophies: Crystalline Dystrophy, Fuchs Endothelial Dystrophy, Granular Dystrophy,
Lattice Dystrophy, Macular Dystrophy, Map-dot-Finger Dystrophy, Posterior Polymorphous Corneal Dystrophy, Herpes Simplex keratitis, Bacterial Keratitis, Fungal Keratitis, (and any complications following these infections), including autoimmune: Interstitial Keratitis, Atopic Keratoconjunctivitis, Keratoconjunctivitis Sicca, Superior Limbic Keratoconjunctivitis, Corneal Graft Rejection, Limbal stem cell transplantation and graft rejection, Band Keratopathy, Neurotrophic Keratopathy, Peripheral Ulcerative Keratitis, Dermoid, Limbal, tumors of the limbus, Corneal Neovascularization, (CL-related, post infectious, following any autoimmune disorders and stem cell deficiency), Post traumatic corneal edema, Keratoconus, Pellucid Marginal Degeneration, Terriens marginal degeneration (any complications arising including neovascularisation arising from these conditions), Central Sterile Corneal Ulceration, Congenital Clouding of the Cornea, Contact Lens Complications (including neovascularisation, corneal edema), Corneal Abrasion, Post operative Corneal Edema, Postoperative Corneal Melt, Recurrent Corneal Erosion, Corneal Foreign Body (and related complications), Descemet Membrane Folds, Corneoscleral Laceration (any complications including neovascularisation and corneal edema), Pseudophakic Bullous Keratopathy, Aniridia (and any complications related), TB, Toxoplasmosis, Choroidal Rupture, Ciliary Body Melanoma, Iris Melanoma, Iris Leiomyoma, Juvenile Xanthogranuloma, Choroidal Melanoma, Uveitis (Anterior, intermediate and posterior), Choroidal Neovascularization, Multifocal Choroidopathy and uveitic Syndromes, Sarcoidosis, Behcet's disease, Vogt Koyanagi Harada disease, Kawasaki Disease, Angioid Streaks (and any complications including Choroidal neovascularisation), Choroidal Detachment, Phacoanaphylaxis, Ataxia-telangiectasia, Neurofibromatosis- l,Sturge- Weber Syndrome, Wyburn— Mason Syndrome, von Hippel- Lindau Disease, Cancer Associated and Related Autoimmune Retinopathies, Retinoblastoma, ARMD (Exudative and non exudative), Acute Retinal Necrosis (and any complications), Acute Multifocal Placoid Pigment Epitheliopathy, Central Serous Chorioretinopathy, Bales Disease, Macular Edema, (Diabetic, post uveitic, post Retinitis pigmentosa and Irvine-Gass), Nonpseudophakic Cystoid Macular Edema, Sub retinal Neovascular Membranes, Neuroretinitis, Presumed Ocular Histoplasmosis Syndrome (and any complications like neovascularisation), CMV Retinitis, Birdshot Retinopathy, Diabetic Retinopathy (Non Proliferative and Proliferative), Retinopathies (Hemoglobinopathies, Purtscher, Valsalva), Terson Syndrome, White Dot Syndromes, Branch Retinal Artery
Occlusion, Branch Retinal Vein Occlusion, Central Retinal Artery Occlusion, Central Retinal Vein Occlusion, Macroaneurysm, Retinopathy of Prematurity, Best Disease, Lattice Degeneration, Retinitis Pigmentosa, Juvenile Retinoschisis, Senile Retinoschisis, Epimacular Membrane, Macular Hole, Retinal detachment (Post operative, Exudative, Proliferative, Rhegmatogenous and Tractional), Meningioma, Optic Neuritis,Optic Neuropathy (Anterior Ischemic and compressive), Multiple Sclerosis, Papilledema, Pseudopapilledema, Toxic/Nutritional Optic Neuropathy, Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension, Giant Cell Arteritis, Ocular Ischemic Syndrome, Sickle Cell Disease, Leukemias, Episcleritis, Scleritis, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Sjogren Syndrome, Orbital Cellulitis, Preseptal Cellulitis, Dermoid, orbital tumors, Carotid Cavernous Fistula Hemangioma (Capillary, venous and cavernous), Orbital Fracture, and Thyroid Ophthalmopathy.
[0097] The compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention may be useful in inhibiting the Fc gamma induced respiratory burst response in neutrophils, and may also be useful in inhibiting the Fc gamma dependent production of TNF alpha. The ability to inhibit Fc gamma receptor dependent neutrophil, monocyte and macrophage responses may result in additional anti-inflammatory activity for the compounds employed in invention methods. This activity may be used, for example, in the treatment of inflammatory diseases, such as arthritis or inflammatory bowel disease. The compounds, compositions and methods of the present invention may also be useful in the treatment of autoimmune glomerulonephritis and other instances of glomerulonephritis induced by deposition of immune complexes in the kidney that trigger Fc gamma receptor responses and which can lead to kidney damage.
[0098] The compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention may be also used to inhibit the Fc epsilon induced degranulation responses. The ability to inhibit Fc epsilon receptor dependent mast cell and basophil responses may result in additional antiinflammatory activity for the present compounds beyond their effect on T cells.
[0099] The present invention also provides articles of manufacture comprising packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material comprises a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders and wherein the
pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound according to the present invention. Thus, in one aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a therapeutic agent and a compound of the invention, wherein the compound is present in a concentration effective to reduce vascular leakage associated with indications or therapeutic agents which have vascular leak as a side effect. For example, administration of a compound of the invention can be in conjunction with IL-2, immunotoxins, antibodies or chemotherapeutics. In these cases, IL-2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic concentration can be determined by one having ordinary skill in the art according to standard treatment regimen or, for example, as determined by an in vivo animal assay.
[01001 The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising IL- 2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic and at least one invention compound in an amount effective for inhibiting vascular permeability, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle or diluent. The compositions of the present invention may contain other therapeutic agents, and may be formulated, for example, by employing conventional solid or liquid vehicles or diluents, as well as pharmaceutical additives of a type appropriate to the mode of desired administration (for example, excipients, binders, preservatives, stabilizers, flavors, etc.) according to techniques known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation.
[0101] The compounds of the invention may be formulated into therapeutic compositions as natural or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts include the base addition salts (formed with free carboxyl or other anionic groups) which may be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2- ethylamino-ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like. Such salts may also be formed as acid addition salts with any free cationic groups and will generally be formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric, or phosphoric acids, or organic acids such as acetic, citric, p-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts of the invention include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts of the invention also include amine salts formed by the protonation of an amino group with suitable organic acids, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, acetic acid, and the like. Additional excipients which are contemplated for use in the
practice of the present invention are those available to those of ordinary skill in the art, for example, those found in the United States Pharmacopoeia Vol. XXII and National Formulary Vol. XVII, U.S. Pharmacopoeia Convention, Inc., Rockville, MD (1989), the relevant contents of which is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, polymorphs of the invention compounds are included in the present invention.
[0102] Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, for example, orally, such as in the form of tablets, capsules, granules or powders; sublingually; buccally; parenterally, such as by subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, or intracistemal injection or inftision techniques (e.g., as sterile injectable aqueous or non-aqueous solutions or suspensions); nasally such as by inhalation spray; topically, such as in the form of a cream or ointment; or rectally such as in the form of suppositories; in dosage unit formulations containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles or diluents. The present compounds may, for example, be administered in a form suitable for immediate release or extended release. Immediate release or extended release may be achieved by the use of suitable pharmaceutical compositions comprising the present compounds, or, particularly in the case of extended release, by the use of devices such as subcutaneous implants or osmotic pumps. The present compounds may also be administered liposomally.
[0103] In addition to primates, such as humans, a variety of other mammals can be treated according to the method of the present invention. For instance, mammals including, but not limited to, cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, guinea pigs, rats or other bovine, ovine, equine, canine, feline, rodent or murine species can be treated. However, the method can also be practiced in other species, such as avian species (e.g., chickens).
[0104] The pharmaceutical compositions for the administration of the compounds of this embodiment either alone or in combination with IL-2, immunotoxin, antibody or chemotherapeutic may conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing the active ingredient into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the
desired formulation. In the pharmaceutical composition the active object compound is included in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of diseases. The pharmaceutical compositions containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral use, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
[0105] Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets contain the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients may be for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example starch, gelatin or acacia, and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets may be uncoated or they may be coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be employed. They may also be coated to form osmotic therapeutic tablets for control release.
[0106] Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gel capsules, such as soft gelatin capsules, wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
[0107] Aqueous suspensions contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients are suspending agents, for example sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxy- propylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents may be a naturally-occurring phosphatide, for example
lecithin, or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids, for example polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Also useful as a solubilizer is polyethylene glycol, for example. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives, for example ethyl, or n- propyl, jp-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents, and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
[0108] Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, for example arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oily suspensions may contain a thickening agent, for example beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
[0109] Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
[0110] Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, for example glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative and flavoring and coloring agents.
[0111] The pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleagenous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent or co-
solvent or complexing agent or dispersing agent or excipient or combination thereof, for example 1,3-butanediol, polyethylene glycols, polypropylene glycols, ethanol or other alcohols, povidones, various brands of TWEEN surfactant, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium deoxycholate, dimethylacetamide, polysorbates, poloxamers, cyclodextrins, lipids, and excipients such as inorganic salts (e.g., sodium chloride), buffering agents (e.g., sodium citrate, sodium phosphate), and sugars (e.g., saccharose and dextrose). Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, dextrose solutions, Ringer's solutions and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
[0112] Depending on the condition being treated, these pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated and administered systemically or locally. Techniques for formulation and administration may be found in the latest edition of "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" (Mack Publishing Co, Easton Pa.). Suitable routes may, for example, include oral or transmucosal administration; as well as parenteral delivery, including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, or intranasal administration. For injection, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. For tissue or cellular administration, penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
[0113] The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration of the drug. These compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials are cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
[0114] For topical use, creams, ointments, jellies, solutions or suspensions, etc., containing the compounds of the present invention are employed. (For purposes of this application, topical application shall include mouthwashes and gargles).
[0115] In one aspect, the invention compounds are administered in combination with an anti-inflammatory agent, antihistamines, chemotherapeutic agent, immunomodulator , therapeutic antibody or a protein kinase inhibitor, e.g., a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, to a subject in need of such treatment. While not wanting to be limiting, chemotherapeutic agents include antimetabolites, such as methotrexate, DNA cross-linking agents, such as cisplatin/carboplatin;. alkylating agents, such as canbusil; topoisomerase I inhibitors such as dactinomicin; microtubule inhibitors such as taxol (paclitaxol), and the like. Other chemotherapeutic agents include, for example, a vinca alkaloid, mitomycin-type antibiotic, bleomycin-type antibiotic, antifolate, colchicine, demecoline, etoposide, taxane, anthracycline antibiotic, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, carminomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mithoxanthrone, 4-dimethoxy-daunomycin, 11-deoxydaunorubicin, 13-deoxydaunorubicin, adriamycin- 14-benzoate, adriamycin- 14-octanoate, adriamycin- 14-naphthaleneacetate, amsacrine, carmustine, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, etoposide, lovastatin, melphalan, topetecan, oxalaplatin, chlorambucil, methtrexate, lomustine, thioguanine, asparaginase, vinblastine, vindesine, tamoxifen, or mechlorethamine. While not wanting to be limiting, therapeutic antibodies include antibodies directed against the HER2 protein, such as trastuzumab; antibodies directed against growth factors or growth factor receptors, such as bevacizumab, which targets vascular endothelial growth factor, and OSI- 774, which targets epidermal growth factor; antibodies targeting integrin receptors, such as Vitaxin (also known as MEDI-522), and the like. Classes of anticancer agents suitable for use in compositions and methods of the present invention include, but are not limited to: 1) alkaloids, including, microtubule inhibitors (e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, and Vindesine, etc.), microtubule stabilizers (e.g., Paclitaxel [Taxol], and Docetaxel, Taxotere, etc.), and
chromatin function inhibitors, including, topoisomerase inhibitors, such as, epipodophyllotoxins (e.g., Etoposide [VP-16], and Teniposide [VM-26], etc.), and agents that target topoisomerase T (e.g., Camptothecin and Isirinotecan [CPT-1 1], etc.); 2) covalent DNA-binding agents [alkylating agents], including, nitrogen mustards (e.g., Mechlorethamine, Chlorambucil, Cyclophosphamide, Ifosphamide, and Busulfan [Myleran], etc.), nitrosoureas (e.g., Carmustine, Lomustine, and Semustine, etc.), and other alkylating agents (e.g., Dacarbazine, Hydroxymethylmelamine, Thiotepa, and Mitocycin, etc.); 3) noncovalent DNA-binding agents [antitumor antibiotics], including, nucleic acid inhibitors (e.g., Dactinomycin [Actinomycin D], etc.), anthracyc lines (e.g., Daunorubicin [Daunomycin, and Cerubidine], Doxorubicin [Adriamycin], and Idarubicin [Idamycin], etc.), anthracenediones (e.g., anthracycline analogues, such as, [Mitoxantrone], etc.), bleomycins (Blenoxane), etc., and plicamycin (Mithramycin), etc.; 4) antimetabolites, including, antifolates (e.g., Methotrexate, Folex, and Mexate, etc.), purine antimetabolites (e.g., 6-Mercaptopurine [6-MP, Purinethol], 6-Thioguanine [6-TG], Azathioprine, Acyclovir, Ganciclovir, Chlorodeoxyadenosine, 2-Chlorodeoxyadenosine [CdA], and 2'- Deoxycoformycin [Pentostatin], etc.), pyrimidine antagonists (e.g., fluoropyrimidines [e.g., 5-fluorouracil (Adrucil), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine (FdUrd) (Floxuridine)] etc.), and cytosine arabinosides (e.g., Cytosar [ara-C] and Fludarabine, etc.); 5) enzymes, including, L- asparaginase, and hydroxyurea, etc.; 6) hormones, including, glucocorticoids, such as, antiestrogens (e.g., Tamoxifen, etc.), nonsteroidal antiandrogens (e.g., Flutamide, etc.), and aromatase inhibitors (e.g., anastrozole [Arimidex], etc.); 7) platinum compounds (e.g., Cisplatin and Carboplatin, etc.); 8) monoclonal antibodies conjugated with anticancer drugs, toxins, and/or radionuclides, etc.; 9) biological response modifiers (e.g., interferons [e.g., IFN-.alpha., etc.] and interleukins [e.g., IL-2, etc.], etc.); 10) adoptive immunotherapy; 11) hematopoietic growth factors; 12) agents that induce tumor cell differentiation (e.g., all- trans-retinoic acid, etc.); 13) gene therapy techniques; 14) antisense therapy techniques; 15) tumor vaccines; 16) therapies directed against tumor metastases (e.g., Batimistat, etc.); and 17) inhibitors of angiogenesis.
[0116] The pharmaceutical compositions and methods of the present invention may further comprise other therapeutically active compounds as noted herein which are usually applied in the treatment of the above mentioned pathological conditions. Examples of other therapeutic agents include the following: cyclosporins (e.g., cyclosporin A), CTLA4-Ig,
antibodies such as ICAM-3, anti-IL-2 receptor (Anti-Tac), anti-CD45RB, anti-CD2, anti- CD3 (OKT-3), anti-CD4, anti-CD80, anti-CD86, agents blocking the interaction between CD40 and gp39, such as antibodies specific for CD40 and/or gp39 (i.e., CD 154), fusion proteins constructed from CD40 and gp39 (CD40Ig and CD8gp39), inhibitors, such as nuclear translocation inhibitors, of NF-kappa B function, such as deoxyspergualin (DSG), cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors such as HMG CoA reductase inhibitors (lovastatiπ and simvastatin), non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen and cyclooxygenase inhibitors such as rofecoxib, steroids such as prednisone or dexamethasone, gold compounds, antiproliferative agents such as methotrexate, FK506 (tacrolimus, Prograf), mycophenolate mofetil, cytotoxic drugs such as azathioprine and cyclophosphamide, TNF-a inhibitors such as tenidap, anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptor, and rapamycin (sirolimus or Rapamune) or derivatives thereof.
[0117] Other agents that may be administered in combination with invention compounds include protein therapeutic agents such as cytokines, immunomodulatory agents and antibodies. As used herein the term "cytokine" encompasses chemokines, interleukins, lymphokines, monokines, colony stimulating factors, and receptor associated proteins, and functional fragments thereof. As used herein, the term "functional fragment" refers to a polypeptide or peptide which possesses biological function or activity that is identified through a defined functional assay.
[0118] The cytokines include endothelial monocyte activating polypeptide II (EMAP-II), granulocyte-macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF), granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF), macrophage-CSF (M-CSF), IL-I, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-12, and IL-13, interferons, and the like and which is associated with a particular biologic, morphologic, or phenotypic alteration in a cell or cell mechanism.
[0119] When other therapeutic agents are employed in combination with the compounds of the present invention they may be used for example in amounts as noted in the Physician Desk Reference (PDR) or as otherwise determined by one having ordinary skill in the art.
[0120] In the treatment or prevention of conditions which involve compromised vasculostasis an appropriate dosage level can generally be between about 0.01 and about 500 mg per 1 kg of patient body weight per day which can be administered in single or
multiple doses. For example, the dosage level can be between about 0.01 and about 250 mg/kg per day; more narrowly, between about 0.5 and about 100 mg/kg per day. A suitable dosage level can be between about 0.01 and about 250 mg/kg per day, between about 0.05 and about 100 mg/kg per day, or between about 0.1 and about 50 mg/kg per day, or about 1.0 mg/kg per day. For example, within this range the dosage can be between about 0.05 and about 0.5 mg/kg per day, or between about 0.5 and about 5 mg/kg per day, or between about 5 and about 50 mg/kg per day. For oral administration, the compositions can be provided in the form of tablets containing between about 1.0 and about 1,000 mg of the active ingredient, for example, about 1.0, about 5.0, about 10.0, about 15.0, about 20.0, about 25.0, about 50.0, about 75.0, about 100.0, about 150.0, about 200.0, about 250.0, about 300.0, about 400.0, about 500.0, about 600.0, about 750.0, about 800.0, about 900.0, and about 1,000.0 mg of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. The compounds can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, such as once or twice per day. There may be a period of no administration followed by another regimen of administration. Administration of the compounds can be associated with the schedule of IL-2 administration. For example, administration can be prior to, simultaneously with or immediately following IL-2 administration.
[0121] It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the host undergoing therapy.
[0122] Compounds of the present invention can be used, alone or in combination with an effective amount of a therapeutic antibody (or therapeutic fragment thereof), a chemotherapeutic or an immunotoxic agent, for treatment of tumors. While doxorubicin, docetaxel, or taxol are described in the present application as illustrative examples of chemotherapeutic agents, it should be understood that the invention includes combination therapy including a compound of the invention, including but not limited to vasculostatic agents, such as tyrosine, serine or threonine kinase inhibitors, for example, Src-family inhibitors, and any chemotherapeutic agent or therapeutic antibody.
[0123] The following examples are provided to further illustrate the advantages and features of the present invention, but are not intended to limit the scope of the invention.
EXAMPLE 1. General Methods
[0124] All experiments were performed under anhydrous conditions (i.e. dry solvents) in an atmosphere of argon, except where stated, using oven-dried apparatus and employing standard techniques in handling air-sensitive materials. Aqueous solutions of sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) and sodium chloride (brine) were saturated. Analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) was carried out on Merck Kieselgel 60 VJSΛ plates with visualization by ultraviolet and/or anisaldehyde, potassium permanganate or phosphomolybdic acid dips. Reverse-phase HPLC chromatography was carried out on Gilson 215 liquid handler equipped with Waters SymmettyShield™ RP18 7μm (40 x 100 mm) Prep-Pak cartridge. Mobile phase consisted of standard acetonitrile (ACN) and DI Water, each with 0.1% TFA added. Purification was carried out at a flow rate of 40 mL/ min. NMR spectra: 1H Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded at 500 MHz. Data are presented as follows: chemical shift, multiplicity (s = singlet, d = doublet, t = triplet, q = quartet, qn = quintet, dd = doublet of doublets, m = multiplet, br s = broad singlet), coupling constant (J/Hz) and integration. Coupling constants were taken directly from the spectra and are unconnected. Low resolution mass spectra: Electrospray (ES+) ionization was used. The protonated parent ion (M+H) or fragment of highest mass is quoted. Analytical gradient consisted of 10% ACN in water ramping up to 100% ACN over 5 minutes unless otherwise stated.
EXAMPLE 2. Synthesis of 5-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)Benzamido)-2-Chlorobei.zoic Acid
(Intermediate I^
[0125] To a stirring solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (1.74 g, 10.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (60 mL), 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (2.33 g, 11.2 mmol) was
added slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and re-crystalized from acetone / chloroform (v/v 1:1) to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.5 g, 43%).
[0126] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.55 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.80 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.99 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, 2H), 8.15-8.35 (m, 2H), 8.32 (s, IH), 10.69 (s, IH), 13.47 (br s, IH).
EXAMPLE 3. Synthesis of N-f4-(3-Pyrrolidin-l-vI-Propane-l-Sulfonvn-Phenvn- Pyrimidiπe-2,5-Diamine (Intermediate 2)
[0127] To a solution of 2-amino-5-nitropyrimidine (840 mg, 6.0 mmol) in 50 mL anhydrous 1,4-dioxane were added l-[3-(4-bromo-benzenesulfonyI)-propyl]-pyrrolidine (2.9 g, 8.7 mmol), Xantphos, (690 mg, 1.2 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (559 mg, 0.61 mmol) and CS2CO3 (5.8 g, 18 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 1000C for 5 h under argon. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting solution was extracted with CHCI3 (3 x 50 mL) and sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The organic solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column with 20% CH3OH / CHCl3 as an eluent. The precipitated yellow solid was isolated by washed with acetone and dried in vacuo (1.2 g, 52%). The above product was hydrogenated in 100 mL methanol/ethyl acetate (v/v: 1:1) using Pd/C (10%, 1 g) for 2 h. The palladium catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated. The pale yellow solid was isolated by washed with acetone/methanol (v/v 5:1) and dried in vacuo (550 mg, 49%).
[0128] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.60-1.68 (m, 6H), 2.10-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.50 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.25 (m, 2H)5 5.02 (br s, 2H), 7.68 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH)5 8.02 (s, 2H), 9.68 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 4. Synthesis of Chloro-N-(2-f4-f3-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-ProDane-l-Sulfonvn- Phenylamino1-Pyriiτιidin-5-yll-5-(3-Trifluoromethyl-Benzo'ylamino'>-Benzamide
(Compound I)
[0129] To a solution of intermediates 2 (Example 3) (35 mg, 0.1 mmol) and 1 (Example 2) (67 mg, 0.2 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and anhydrous DMF (1 mL), O-(7- azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-N, N, N', N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU, 110 mg, 0.3 mmol) and N5 N-diisopropylethylamine (50 mg, 0.4 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and the solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaHCC>3 solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 15% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a white solid (10 mg, 15%).
[01301 Η NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.55-1.85 (m, 6H), 2.20-2.55 (m, 6H), 1.85-2.10 (m, 2H), 3.24 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.78 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.85-8.15 (m, 3H), 8.07 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.30 (s, IH), 10.75 (s, IH), 10.79 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 687 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 5. Synthesis of 5-(3-(TrifluoromethvnBenzamidoV2-Methylbenzoie Acid
(Intermediate 3)
[0131] To a stirring solution of 5-amino-2-methylbenzoic acid (600 mg, 4.0 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 mL), 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (910 mg, 4.3 minol) was added slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and re-crystallized from acetone to afford the title compound as a white solid (600 mg, 47%).
EXAMPLE 6. Synthesis of 2-MethvI-N-f2-F4-f3-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Propane-l-SuIfonvn- Phenylamino1-Pyrimidin-5-vU-5-(3-Triflυoromethyl-Benzoylamino)-Benzamide
(Compound ID
II
[0132] To a solution of intermediate 3 (Example 5) (170 mg, 0.5 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (8 mL), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (100 mg, 0.6 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (210 mg, 2 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 75 minutes, intermediate 2 (Example 3) (100 mg, 0.3 mmol ) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was added into the solution. The solution was stirred under argon for overnight. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was
removed. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a white solid (27 mg, 15%).
[0133] 1H NMR (DMSO-dό): δ 1.65-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.39 (s', 3H), 2.80 (br s, 6H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.65-7.90 (m, 4H), 7.95-8.10 (m, 4H), 8.29 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.33 (s, IH), 8.92 (s, 2H), 10.29 (s, IH), 10.57 (s, IH), 10.61 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 667 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 7. Synthesis of 5-f3-Methylbenzamido)-2-Chlorobenzoic Acid
(Intermediate 4)
[0134] To a stirring solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (880 mg, 5.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (45 mL), 3-methylbenzoyl chloride (870 mg, 5.6 mmol) was added slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and re-crystallized from chloroform to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.2 g, 80%).
EXAMPLE 8. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(3-Methyl-Benzoylamino)-N-f2-F4-(3- Pyrrolidin-l-vI-Propane-l-Sulfonyπ-Phenylaminol-Pyriniidin-5-vU-Benzaιnide
(Compound HD
III
[0135] To a solution of intermediate 4 (Example 7) (290 mg, 1 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (30 mL), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (210 mg, 1.2 mmol) and 4-
methylmorpholine (300 mg, 3 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, intermediate 2 (Example 3) (100 mg, 0.3 mmol ) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was added into the solution. The solution was stirred under argon for overnight. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaHCθ3 solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a white solid (85 mg, 13%).
[0136] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.55-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.32 (br s, 4H), 2.40 (br s, 5H), 7.43 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, IH), 7.57 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.95 (m, 3H), 7.82 (s, IH), 7.97 (dd, J= 8.9 Hz, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.91 (s, 2H), 10.30 (s, IH), 10.59 (s, IH), 10.83 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 633 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 9. Synthesis of 3-(3-(Trifluoromethyl)Benzamido)Benzoic Acid
(Intermediate 5)
[0137] To a stirring solution of 3-aminobenzoic acid (1.1 g, 7.9 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL), 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (2.0 g, 9.6 mmol) was added slowly. The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and re-crystallized from chloroform to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.2 g, 49%).
EXAMPLE 10. Synthesis of N-(2-14-f3-PyrroUdin-l-yl-proDane-l-sulfonyl)- phenylaminol-pyrimidin-5-yl)-3-(3-trifluoromethyH)enzoylamino)-benzamide
(Compound IV)
IV
[0138] To a solution of intermediate 5 (Example 9) (240 mg, 0.8 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cb (15 mL), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (170 mg, 1 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (160 mg, 1.6 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 75 minutes, intermediate 2 (Example 3) (100 mg, 0.3 mmol ) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was added into the solution. The solution was stirred under argon for overnight. The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (20 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaH CO3 solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2CI2 (50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCI3 to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a pale yellow solid (100 mg, 19%).
[0139] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.71-2.05 (m, 6H), 2.90 (br s, 2H), 3.20 (br s, 2H), 3.40 (t, J= 7.3 Hz5 4H), 7.56 (X, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.90 (m, 3H)5 7.85 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, J= 7.8 Hz5 IH), 7.95-8.15 (m, 3H), 8.10-8.50 (m, 3H), 8.99 (s, 2H), 10.30 (s, IH), 10.68 (s, IH), 10.80 (s, IH), 1 1.10 (br s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 653 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 11. Synthesis of Ethyl 3-(5-Aminopyrimidin-2-ylamino)Benzoate
(Intermediate 6)
[0140] To a solution of 2-amino-5-nitropyrimidine (550 mg, 3.9 mmol) in 35 mL anhydrous 1,4-dioxane were added ethyl 3-bromobenzoate (1.8 g, 7.9 mmol), Xantphos, (230 mg, 0.4 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (180 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (2.6 g, 8 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 1000C for 5 h under argon. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting solution was extracted with CHCl3 (3 x 50 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The organic solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCl3 as an eluent. The precipitated yellow solid was isolated by washed with chloroform and dried in vacuo (700 mg, 62%). 1H NMR (DMSO- de): δ 1.33 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H), 4.33 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.90 (m, IH), 7.95-8.10 (m, IH), 8.37 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, IH)3 9.26 (s, 2H)5 11.00 (s, IH).
[0141] The above product was hydrogenated in 100 mL methanol/ethyl acetate (v/v: 1:1) using Pd/C (10%, 1 g) for 2 h. The palladium catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with 5% CH3OH / CHCl3 as an eluent to yield an off-white solid. MS (ES+): m/z 259 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 12. Synthesis of 3-f5-r2-Chloro-5-(3-Trifluoromethyl-benzovIaminoV BenzovIaminol-Pyriπ.idin-2-ylain.no)-Benzoic Acid Ethyl Ester (Compound V)
[0142] To a solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (280 mg, 0.8 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (15 mL), 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (180 mg, 1 mmol) and 4- methylmorpholine (250 mg, 2.5 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 75 minutes, intermediate 6 (Example H) (I lO mg, 0.4 mmol ) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) was added into the solution. The solution was stirred under argon for overnight. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 solution (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2
(50 mL). The combined organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was removed. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCl3 to 10% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a pale yellow solid (100 mg, 21%).
[01431 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.33 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 4.32 (q, J= 7.0 Hz, 2H), 7.43 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.53 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.82 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.90-8.10 (m, 4H), 8.31 (d, J= 16.1 Hz, IH), 8.33 (br s, IH), 8.40 (br s, IH), 8.83 (s, 2H), 9.92 (s, IH), 10.70 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 584 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 13. Synthesis of N-(4-Chloro-3-Hvdroxymethyl-Phenvn-3- Trifluoromethyl-Benzamide (Intermediate 7)
[0144] To a solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (1.4 g, 4.1 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL) at room temperature under argon, 1.5 M diisobutylaluminum hydride in toluene (DIBAL-H, 9 mL, 13.5 mmol) was added. After the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, the solution was refluxed under argon for overnight. The solution was quenched by minimum amount of methanol and water. The organic solvent was removed by reduced pressure. The crude was suspended in water (50 mL) and extracted by ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2Sθ4 and filtered. The organic solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCI3 as an eluent to give the final product as a white solid (700 mg, 52%).
[0145] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 4.57 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 5.49 (t, J= 5.5 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.75-7.95 (m, 2H), 8.00-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.28 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s, IH), 10.59 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 14. Synthesis of N-(4-ChIoro-3-Formyl-Phenyl)-3-Trifluoromethyl-
Benzamide (Intermediate 8)
8
[0146] The solution of intermediate 7 (Example 13) (700 mg, 2.1 mmol) and MnO2 (1.8 g, 21 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (30 mL) was refluxed for 2 h. After cooling down, the MnO2 was removed by filtration. The solvent was removed by reduced pressure. The solid was re-crystallized from chloroform to yield an off-white solid (300 mg, 43%).
[0147] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.66 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 8.14 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.33 (s, 2H), 10.35 (s, IH), 10.78 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 15. Synthesis of N2-fPyridin-3-yl)Pyrimidine-2.5-Diamine
(Intermediate 9)
[0148] To a solution of 2-amino-5-nitropyrimidine (800 mg, 5.7 mmol) in 50 mL anhydrous 1,4-dioxane were added 3-bromopyridine (1.8 g, 11.4 mmol), Xantphos, (330 mg, 0.6 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (260 mg, 0.5 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (3.7 g, 11.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 1000C for 5 h under argon. After cooling down, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The precipitated yellow solid was isolated by washing with acetone to yield a pale yellow solid (800 mg, 64%). 1H NMR (DMSO-dβ): δ 7.41 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz, J= 4.7 Hz, IH), 8.15 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 8.87 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 9.24 (s, 2H), 10.98 (br s, IH).
[0149] The above product was hydrogenated in 50 mL methanol/ethyl acetate (v/v: 1:1) using Pd/C (10%, 1 g) for 2.5 h. The palladium catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent was evaporated. The pale yellow solid was isolated by washed with acetone and dried in vacuo (500 mg, 73%). MS (ES+): m/z 188 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 16. Synthesis of N-(4-Chloro-3-{r2-(Pyridin-3-ylaminoVPyrimidin-5- ylam.nol-MethvU-PhenyD-3-Trifluoromethyl-Benzamide (Compound VD
VI
[0150] The solution of intermediates 8 (Example 14) (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) and 9 (Example 15) (110 mg, 0.6 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (35 mL) was refluxed with a Dean- Stark for 12 h. After cooling down, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCb to 5% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a yellow solid (100 mg, 33%).
[0151] To a solution of the above product (60 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) containing AcOH (0.5 mL), NaBH3CN ( 0.38 g, 6 mmol) was added in small portions over 20 minutes. The solution was refluxed for 2 h. After cooling down, the solvent was removed by reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel column with CHCl3 to 3% CH3OH/CHCI3 as eluents to give the final product as a off-white solid after washed with chloroform (15 mg, 25%).
[0152] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 4.39 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, IH), 7.49 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.60-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.85 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.06 (s, 2H), 8.09 (d, J= 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.22 (s, IH), 8.46 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 9.1 1 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 10.01 (s, IH), 10.57 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 499 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 17. Synthesis of 4-(4-Bromo-Phenylsulfanyn-Piperidine-l-Carboxylic
Acid Benzyl Ester (Intermediate 10)
10
[0153] 4-bromo-benzenethiol (0.63 g, 3.4 mmol), 4-bromo-piperidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (1.0 g, 3.4 mmol) and cesium carbonate (2.2 g, 6.7 mmol) were refluxed in acetone for 2 h. Reaction solvents were then removed and resulting white solids were taken up in EtOAc and washed with water then brine. Organic phase was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to clear oil (1.2 g, 88% yield). Rf= 0.45 (20% EtOAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 18. Synthesis of 4-(4-Bromo-Benzenesulfonyl)-Piperidine-l-Carboxylie
Acid terf-Butvi Ester (Intermediate 11)
11
[0154] A solution of intermediate 10 (Example 17) (1.2 g, 2.96 mmol) and sodium perborate tetrahydrate (NaBO3 4H2O) (1.36 g, 8.87 mmol) were heated to 55 0C in HOAc and stirred for 18h. Reaction was then cooled to room temperature and poured onto water. Aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). Organic phases were combined and washed carefully with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, taken in account copious gas evolution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to white solids (1.2 g, 93% yield). Rr = 0.16 (20% EtOAc/Hexane).
EXAMPLE 19. Synthesis of 4-r4-(5-Nitro-Pyrimidin-2-ylaminoVBenzenesulfonyll- Piperidine-l-Carboxylic Acid tert-Butyl Ester (Intermediate 12>
12
[0155] In a dry 50 mL round bottom flask 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (1 g, 7.14 mmol), intermediate 11 (Example 18) (4.03 g, 9.99 mmol), cesium carbonate (7 g, 21.43 mmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethyl xanthene (0.827 g, 1.43 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0.654 g, 0.714 mmol) were combined. Reactants were flushed with argon, diluted with dioxane (40 mL) and outfitted with reflux condenser. Reaction was heated to reflux for 5 h. Reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured onto water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 125 mL). Organic phase was evaporated yielding yellow solids, 4.1 g. Silica gel chromatography provided the desired nitro sulfone as a yellow powder (2 g, 61% yield).
EXAMPLE 20. Synthesis of 4-[4-(5-Amino-Pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-BenzenesuIfonyU- Piperidine-1-Carboxy.ie Acid tert-Butv\ Ester (Intermediate 13)
13
[0156] A methanolic solution of intermediate 12 (Example 19) (3g, 6.48 mmol) was purged with argon for several minutes, then treated with approximately 1 g of Raney Nickel. Reaction atmosphere was evacuated and replaced with hydrogen added via a hydrogen- filled balloon. After 3 h, the hydrogen balloon was removed and reaction solvents purged with argon. Catalyst was then removed using magnetic stirring-bar retriever. Solvents were then removed providing the desired amine as an off-white solid (2.5 g, 89% yield).
EXAMPLE 21. Synthesis of 4-(4-{5-f2-Chloro-5-(3-Trifluoromethyl-Benzoylamino)- Benzoylamiπol-Pyrimidin-Σ-ylaminoi-BenzenesulfonvO-Piperidine-l-CarboxyIic Acid tert-Butyl Ester (Intermediate 14)
14
[0157] Intermediate 1 (Example 2) (0.098 g, 0.286 mmol) was combined with 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.060 g, 0.343 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 raL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.063 mL, 0.55 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.130 g, 0.3 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18 h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids were purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.056 g, 26%).
EXAMPLE 22. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-{2-[4-(Piperidine-4-SuIfonv-)-Phenv.aminol- Pyrimidin-S-yli-S-O-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoVBenzamide (Compound VHt
VII
[01581 A stirred suspension of intermediate 14 (Example 21) (0.058 g, 0.076 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was treated with TFA (0.100 mL) and stirred for 3h. Solvents were then removed yielding desired product as TFA salt (0.05g, 99%). 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.62- 1.70 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.08 (m, 4H), 2.8-2.9 (m, 2H), 3.3-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.49 (m, IH), 7.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz; IH), 7.74 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.81 (t, J= 15.7 Hz, /= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (d, J =
2.5 Hz5 IH), 8.20-8.32 (m, 3H), 8.65-8.69 (m, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH), 10.80 (s, IH)
EXAMPLE 23. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-f(Thiophene-2-earbonyl>Amino1-Benzoic
Acid (Intermediate 15*)
IS
[0159] 5-Amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.349 gs 2.03 mmol) was diluted with THF (12 mL), treated with thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride (0.240 mL, 2.23 mmol) and stirred overnight. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.5 g, 88%).
EXAMPLE 24. Synthesis of 2-Chioro-5-(4-Cvano-Benzoylaminot-Benzoic Acid
(Intermediate 16)
16
[01601 5-Amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.355 g, 2.06 mmol) was diluted with THF (12 mL), treated with 4-cyano-benzoyl chloride (0.377 g, 2.23 mmol) and stirred for 72h. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.6 g, 97%).
EXAMPLE 25. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(4-Methoxy-Benzoylamino)-Benzoic acid
(Intermediate 17)
17
[0161] 5-Amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.4 g, 2.32 mmol) was diluted with THF (12 mL), treated with 4-methoxy-benzoyl chloride (0.353 g, 2.23 mrnol) and stirred for 16h. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.5 g, 71%).
EXAMPLE 26. Synthesis of 2-ChJoro-5-f2-Fluoro-5-TrifluoromethyI-Benzoylamino)-
Benzoic Acid (Intermediate 18)
18
[0162] 5-Amino-2-chIoro-benzoic acid (0.4 g, 2.32 mmol) was diluted with THF (12 mL), treated with 2-fluoro-5-trifluoromethyl-benzoyl chloride (0.388 g, 2.56 mmol) and stirred for 16h. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.5 g, 60%).
EXAMPLE 27. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(3-Chloro-Benzoylamino)-Benzoic Acid
(Intermediate 19)
19
[0163] 5-Amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.4 g, 2.33 mmol) was diluted with THF (12 mL), treated with 3-chloro-benzoyl chloride (0.330 mL, 2.56 mmol) and stirred for 16h. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.5 g, 70%).
EXAMPLE 28. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(3-Fluoro-Benzoylamino)-Benzoic Acid
(Intermediate 20)
20
[0164] 5-Amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.96 g, 5.58 mmol) was diluted with THF (60 mL), treated with 3-fluoro-benzoyl chloride (0.738 mL, 6.14 mmol) and stirred for 18h. Solvents were then removed and resulting solids were triturated with DCM. After filtration, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (1.7 g, 99%).
EthyD-Amide (Intermediate 21)
[0165]
acid (0.81 g, 4 mmol) was combined with 2- chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.85 g, 4.8 mmol) and diluted with DCM (20 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.81 g, 8 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. 2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethylamine (0.46 g, 4 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. Reaction solvents were removed and residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed once with water. Aqueous phase was back extracted once with fresh ethyl acetate. Organic phases were combined, washed once with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration followed by rotary evaporation provided product as yellow oil which solidified upon standing. Yellowish solids (0.5 g, 42%)
EXAMPLE 30. Synthesis of S-fS-Nitro-Pyrimidin^-ylaminoVPyridine^-CarboxyIic Acid (2-PyrroIidin-l-yl-Ethvn-Ainide flntermediate 22)
22
[0166J In a dry 50 mL round bottom flask 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.2 g, 1.36 mmol), intermediate 21 (Example 29) (0.61 g, 2.04 mmol), cesium carbonate (1.33 g, 4.08 mmolX 4,5-bis(dipheny]phosphino)-9,9-dimethyl xanthene (0.157 g, 0.272 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0.124 g, 0.136 mmol) were combined. Reactants were flushed with argon, diluted with dioxane (8 mL) and outfitted with reflux condenser. Reaction was heated to reflux for 18 h. Reaction was then filtered hot and solvents were
evaporated to provide dark solids. Silica gel chromatography (6: 1 DCM/ MeOH) provided desired product as a yellow powder (0.17 g, 33% yield). Rf= 0.23 (10% MeOH/DCM)
EXAMPLE 31. Synthesis of 5-(5-Amino-Pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-Pyridine-2-CarboxyIic Acid f2-Pyrrolidin-l-vi-Ethyl)-Amide (Intermediate 23)
23
[0167] Intermediate 22 (Example 30) (0.17 g, 0.476 mmol) was combined with 10% palladium on carbon (0.14 g) and flushed with argon. Reactants were then diluted with methanol (15 mL) and reaction atmosphere was evacuated and replaced with hydrogen. Hydrogen balloon was affixed and reaction was allowed to stir for 2.5 h. Argon was then bubbled through reaction mixture and contents were filtered though a pad of CELITE. Solvents were evaporated to provide crude product. Titration with heptane followed by filtration provided desired amine as a beige solid (0.14 g, 90% yield). MS (ES+): m/z 328.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 32. Synthesis of (5-Nitro-Pyriniidin-2-yl)-f4-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-vI-Ethoxy)-
PhenvH-Amine (Intermediate 24)
24
[0168] In a dry 100 mL round bottom flask 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (2 g, 14.3 mmol), 1 -[2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl J-pyrrolidine (4.45 mL, 21.4 mmol), cesium carbonate (14 g, 42.9 mmol), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethyl xanthene (1.65 g, 1.43 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (1.3 g, 0.714 mmol) were combined. Reactants were flushed with argon, diluted with dioxane (50 mL) and outfitted with reflux condenser. Reaction was heated to reflux for 18 h. Reaction was cooled to room
temperature and filtered. Silica gel chromatography provided desired nitro product. As a yellow powder (1.5 g, 32% yield).
EXAMPLE 33. Synthesis of N-f4-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-EthoxyVPhenyll-Pyrimidine-2.5-
Diamine (Intermediate 25)
25
[0169] A methanolic solution of intermediate 24 (Example 32) (1.5g, 6.48 mmol) was purged with argon for several minutes, then treated with 10% palladium on carbon (0.85 g). Reaction atmosphere was evacuated and replaced with hydrogen added via hydrogen-filled balloon. After 2 h, hydrogen balloon was removed and reaction solvents were purged with argon. CELITE was added to reaction solvent and resulting slurry was filtered through pad of CELITE. Solvents were then removed providing desired amine as a yellow solid (0.36 g, 26% yield).
EXAMPLE 34. Synthesis of 5-(5-f2-Methyl-5-(3-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoV- Bβnzoylaminol-Pyrimidin^-ylaminoi-Pyridine-Σ-Carboxylic Acid (2-Pyiτolidin-l-yl-
EthvH-Amide (Compound VIII)
VIII
[0170] Intermediate 3 (Example 5) (0.070 g, 0.215 mmol) was combined with 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.046 g, 0.26 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.05 mL, 0.43 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 23 (Example 31) (0.074 g, 0.226 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18 h, reaction
solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.027 g, 20%).
[0171J 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.84-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 3.01- 3.06 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 4H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.79-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.9-8.01 (m, IH), 8.28 (d, J = 8.7, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.44 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.91-8.97 (m, 4H), 9.46 (br S5 IH), 10.26 (s, IH), 10.56 (s, IH), 10.61 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 35. Synthesis of 5-{5-f2-ChIoro-5-(3-Trifluoroinethyl-BenzovIainino)- Benzoylaminol-Pyrimidin-2-v.amino)-Pyrid.ne-2-Carboxylic Acid (2-PyrroHdin-l-vI-
Ethyl)-Amide fCompound TX)
IX
[0172] Intermediate 1 (Example 2) (0.076 g, 0.222 mmol) was combined with 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.047 g, 0.266 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.05 mL, 0.443 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 23 (Example 31) (0.076 g, 0.233 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18 h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.081 g, 56%).
[0173] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.84-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.37 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.65 (m, 4H), 7.61 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 15.7 Hz5J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J= 8.7, 2H), 8.10 (d5 J= 2.5 Hz, IH)5 8.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.44 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 8.93-8.97 (m, 2H), 9.46 (br s, IH), 10.29 (s, IH), 10.77 (s, IH), 10.79 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 36. Synthesis of 2-ChIoro-Λi{2-r4-(Piperidine-4-Sulfonyl)-Phenylamino1- Pyrimidin-5-yl}-5-(3-Trifluoroniethyl-BenzoyIainino)-Benzamide (Compound X)
[0174] Intermediate 20 (Example 28) (0.247 g, 0.843 mmol) was combined with 2- chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.178 g, 1.01 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mJL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.20 mL, 0.443 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 25 (Example 33) (0.265 g, 0.885 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18 h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.219 g, 45%).
[0175] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.88-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.06 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.16 (m, IH), 3.55-3.61 (m, 2H), 4.25 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46-7.50 (m, IH), 7.57-7.68 (ra, 4H), 7.78-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.90 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.73 (s, 2H), 9.55 (s, IH), 9.85 (br s, IH), 10.6 (s, IH), 10.61 (s, IH)
EXAMPLE 37. Synthesis of 4-I4-f5-(2-Chloro-5-[fThiophene-2-Carbonvn-Aminol- Benzoylaminol-Pyrimidin-Z-ylaminoVBenzenesulfonyll-Piperidine-l-Carboxylic Acid fert-Butyl Ester (Intermediate 26)
[0176] Intermediate 15 (Example 23) (0.124 g, 0.439 mmol) was combined with 2- chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.093 g, 0.53 mmol) and diluted with DCM
(4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.20 g, 0.462 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18 h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.1 g, 32%).
EXAMPLE 38. Synthesis of Thiophene-2-Carboxylic Acid (4-ChIoro-3-(2-r4- (Piperidine-4-Sulfonyl)-Phenylaminol-Pyrimidin-5-vIcarbamovi}-PhenyI)"Amide
(Compound XI)
XI
[0177] A stirred suspension of intermediate 26 (Example 37) (0.10 g, 0.143 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was treated with TFA (0.200 mL) and stirred for 3h. Solvents were then removed yielding desired product as TFA salt (0.075g, 87%). 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.61- 1.70 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.90 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.27 (m, IH), 7.58 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.86-7.91 (m, 2H), 8.04-8.05 (m, 4H), 8.21-8.25 (m, IH), 8.65-8.69 (m, IH), 8.9 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.53 (s, IH)5 10.79 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 39. Synthesis of 4-(4-{5-f2-Chloro-5-f4-Cyano-BenzoyIaminoV Benzoylaminol-Pyrimidin-2-ylaminol-BenzenesulfonylVPiperidine-l-Carboxylic Acid tert-Butvl Ester (Intermediate 27)
27
[0178] Intermediate 16 (Example 24) (0.132 g, 0.439 mmol) was combined with 2- chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.093 g, 0.53 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.20 g, 0.462 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.12 g, 36%).
EXAMPLE 40. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(4-Cvano-BenzovIamino)-N-(2-f4-(Piperidine- 4-Sulfonyl)-Phenylaminol-Pyriinidin-5-vU-Benzamide (Compound XTD
XII
10179] A stirred suspension of intermediate 27 (Example 39) (0.12 g, 0.143 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was treated with TFA (0.200 mL) and stirred for 18h. Solvents were then removed yielding desired product as TFA salt (0.104g, 99%). 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.61- 1.70 (m, 2H)5 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.90 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.04-8.13 (m, 7H), 8.21-8.25 (m, IH), 8.64-8.68 (m, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.78 (s, IH), 10.80 (s, IH),
EXAMPLE 41. Synthesis of 4-(4-{5-f2-Chloro-5-(4-Methoxy-Benzov.amino)- BenzoyIaminol-Pyrimidin-2-ylaminol-BenzenesulfonviyPiperidine-l-CarboxyIic Acid fert-ButvI Ester (Intermediate 28)
28
[0180] Intermediate 17 (Example 25) (0.134 g, 0.439 mmol) was combined with 2- chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.093 g, 0.53 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyI morpholine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.20 g, 0.462 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids were used as-is for deprotection step. White solids (0.075 g, 24%).
EXAMPLE 42. Synthesis of 2-ChIoro-5-(4-Methoxy-Benzoylamino)-N-{2-r4- (Piperidine-4-SuIfonvO-Ph enylaniino]-Pyrimidin-5-yl}-Benzamide (Compound XTIT)
XIII
[0181] A stirred suspension of intermediate 28 (Example 41) (0.075 g, 0.104 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was treated with TFA (0.200 mL) and stirred for 18h. Solvents were then removed yielding desired product as TFA salt (0.064g, 99%). 1H NMR (DMSO-Ci6): δ 1.64- 1.70 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.88 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.48 (m, IH), 3.84 (s, 3H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.98 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H) 8.05 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (d, J= 2.5Hz, IH), 8.24 (br s, IH), 8.68 (br s, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.39 (s, IH), 10.78 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 43. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-f2-r4-(piperidine-4-su.fonvD-phenylaminol- pyrimidin-5-vU-5-(2-Fluoro-5-Trifluoromethyl-Benzoylamino)-Benzamide
(Compound XIV)
XIV
[0182] Intermediate 18 (Example 26)(0.159 g, 0.44 mmol) was combined with 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.093 g, 0.53 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.20 g, 0.462 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids were diluted with DCM (4 mL) and treated with TFA (0.2 mL). After 2h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.017 g, 6%).
[0183] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.61-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.90 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.36 (m, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 7.60-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.80 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.03-8.10 (m, 5H), 8.22-8.26 (m, IH), 8.66-8.70 (m, IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.80 (s, IH), 10.93 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 44. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-f3-Chloro-BenzoylaminoVN-{2-f4- (Piperidine-4-Sulfonyl)-Phenylaπiino1-Pyrimidiiι-5-vU-Benzamide (Compound XV)
XV
[0184] Intermediate 19 (Example 27) (0.136 g, 0.44 mmol) was combined with 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.093 g, 0.53 mmol) and diluted with DCM (4 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.10 mL, 0.88 mmol) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 h. Intermediate 13 (Example 20) (0.20 g, 0.462 mmol) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids were diluted with DCM (4 mL) and treated with TFA (0.2 mL). After 2h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids purified via HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.030 g, 11%).
[0185] 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 1.61-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.9 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.36 (m, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 7.59-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.89-7.94 (m, 2H),
8.03-8.06 (m, 4H)5 8.11 (d, J= 2.5 Hz5 IH), 8.21-8.25 (m, IH), 8.64-8.68 (m5 IH), 8.90 (s, 2H), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.64 (s, IH), 10.79 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 45. Synthesis of N2-f3-f2-fPyrroπdin-l-yl)Ethoxy)PhenvnPyrimidine-2,5-
Diamiire (Intermediate 29)
29
[0186] To a solution of the 2-amino-5-nitropyrimidine (200 mg, 1.4 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was added l-(2-(3-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (380 mg, 1.4 mmol), Cs2CO3 (1.82 g, 5.6 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (128 mg, 0.14 mmol), and Xantphos (243 mg, 0.42 mmol). The suspension was heated under reflux for 2 h under Ar. The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed once with brine (100 mL) and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). Combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated until 10 ml remain solution before adding hexane (100 mL). The mixture was sonicated for 2 min. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane.
[0187] The crude material was further purified by flash column (SiO2ZCH2Cl2, then CH2Cl2 : MeOH : NH3-H2O = 100 : 10 : 1). The resulting yellow solid was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL) and bubbled with argon for 2 min before adding 10% Pd-C. The mixture was hydrogenated for Ih at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was obtained as a yellow solid (350 mg, 83%).
EXAMPLE 46. Synthesis of 2-Methyl-iV-(2-r3-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-EthoxyV Phenylamino1-Pyriinidin-5-yl)-5-f3-Trifluoromethyl-Benzov1aminoVBenzamide
(Compound XVI)
XVI
[0188] To a solution of intermediate 3 (Example 5) (233 mg, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 127 mg, 0.72 mmol), and 4-methylmopholiπe (NMM5 0.27 mL, 2.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (180 mg, 0.60 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCOs (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SCU). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
[0189] The crude product was purified by using HPLC. The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCCb (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound (160 mg, 42%) was afforded as a yellow solid.
[0190] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dβ): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H), 1.99-2.03 (m, 2H)5 2.38 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.0 Hz, J = 1.9 Hz5 IH)5 7.21 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.33 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.58-7.60 (m, IH), 7.80 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.85 (dd,J= 8.3 Hz, J= 2.2 Hz, IH)5 7.97 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.99 (s,
IH), 8.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.34 (s, IH)3 8.83 (s, 2H), 9.70 (s, IH), 10.48 (s, IH), 10.66 (s, IH), 10.76 (br s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 605.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 47. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-f2-f3-r2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Ethoxy^- Phenylaminol-Pyrirnidin-5-vU-S-(3-Trifluoromethvt-Benzoylamino)-Benzamide
(Compound XVin
XVII
[0191] To a solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (234 mg, 0.68 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 120 mg, 0.68 mmol), and 4-methylmoρholine (NMM, 0.25 mL, 2.27 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (170 mg, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCO3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
[0192] The crude product was purified by using HPLC. The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCCb (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 rnL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound (1 17 mg, 31 %) was afforded as a yellow solid.
J0193] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H)3 3.09- 3.16 (m, 2H)3 3.57-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.1 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.58-7.60 (m, IH), 7.61 (s, IH), 7.81
(t, J= 7.9 Hz5 IH), 7.96 (dd, J= 8.9 Hz5 J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.10 (s, IH)5 8.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz5 IH), 8.34 (s, IH), 8.81 (s, 2H), 9.74 (s, IH), 10.49 (br s, IH), 10.71 (s, IH), 10.82 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 625.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 48. Synthesis of 5-f2.2.2-Trifluoroacetamido)-7V-(2-f3-r2-nPyrroiidin-l- yDethoxy)PhenylaminoVPyrimidin-5-yr)-2-Chlorobenzarnide (Compound XVIID
XVIII
[0194] To a solution of 5-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)-2-chlorobenzoic acid (128 mg, 0.48 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Q2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT5 85 mg, 0.48 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.20 mL, 1.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (120 mg, 0.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCC»3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
[0195] The crude product was purified by using HPLC. The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCC>3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et∑O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (5 mg, 2%).
[0196] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H), 3.09- 3.14 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.13 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 7.9 Hz, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH)5 7.34 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, IH), 7.56-7.57 (m,
IH), 7.64 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.84 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz5 J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.96 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.80 (s, 2H), 9.73 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH), 11.02 (br s, IH), 11.71 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 549.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 49. Synthesis of N-f2-(3-(2-rPyrrolidin-l- yOEthoxy)Phenylamino)Pyrimidin-5-ylV5-Amino-2-Methylbenzamide (Intermediate
30}
30
[0197] To a solution of 2-methyl-5-nitrobenzoic acid (0.93 g, 5.13 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 0.9 g, 5.13 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 1.54 mL, 14 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (1.02 g, 3.42 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCθ3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
[0198] The crude product was purified by flash column (SiO2ZCH2Cl2, then CH2Cl2 : MeOH : NH3-H2O = 100 : 10 : 1). The obtained yellow solid was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL) and bubbled with Ar for 2 min before adding 10% Pd-C. The mixture was hydrogenated for Ih at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was obtained as a yellow solid (1.36 g, 92%).
EXAMPLE 50. Synthesis of 5-(2.2^2-Tr.fluoroaeetam.doVN-(2-f3-f2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yI)Ethoxy)Phenylamino) Pyrimidin-5-vO-2-Methylbenzamide (Compound XIX)
XIX
[0199] To a solution of intermediate 30 (Example 49) (140 mg, 0.32 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.045 ml, 0.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCU3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0200] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (17.5 mg, 10%).
[0201] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J = 8.2 Hz, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.33 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.36 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.69 (dd, J= 8.0 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.83 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 8.81 (s, 2H), 9.70 (s, IH), 10.48 (s, IH), 10.74 (br s, IH), 1 1.44 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 529.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 51. Synthesis of 2A6-Trffluoro-N-(4-Methyl-3-(2-[3-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl- EthoxyVPhenylaminol-Pyriniidin-S-ylcarbamovU-Phenvπ-Benzamide (Compound xxi
XX
[0202] To a solution of intermediate 30 (Example 49) (1 10 mg, 0.25 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2,4,6-trifluorobenzoyl chloride (50 mg, 0.25 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCO3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0203] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2θ (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (8 mg, 5%).
[0204] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.32 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.2 Hz, J = 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.58- 7.59 (m, IH), 7.64 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz5 J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.88 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.81 (s, 2H), 9.70 (s, IH), 10.47 (s, IH), 10.56 (br s, IH), 10.97 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 591.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 52. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-Λ^(2-t3-f2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethoxyV Dhenylamino]-pyrimidin-5-yl}-4-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzoylaminoVbenzamide
(Compound XXD
XXI
[0205] To a solution of 4-(3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamido)-2-chlorobenzoic acid (200 mg, 0.58 mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy- 1,3,5- triazine (CDMT, 102 mg, 0.58 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.17 mL, 1.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (124 mg, 0.38 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCC^ (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (NEaSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0206] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et∑O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (14 mg, 6%).
[0207] 'H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.87- 190 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H), 3.09- 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.1 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.32 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.67 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.90 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.12 (d, J =
1.2 Hz, IH), 8.34-8.36 (m, 2H), 8.82 (s, 2H), 9.72 (s, IH), 10.64 (s, IH), 10.90 (br s, IH), 10.94 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 625.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 53. Synthesis of N-(3-f2-(3-(2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yQEthox^PhenylaminoϊPyrimidin-S-ylaminoM-methvIphenyO-S-
(TrifluoromethvDBenzamide (Compound XXTI)
[0208] To a solution of intermediate 30 (Example 49) (154 mg, 0.36 mmol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (20 mL) was added benzoyl chloride (70.7 mg, 0.39 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCCb (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cb (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0209] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2θ was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound (11.3 mg, 6%) was afforded as a yellow solid.
[0210] 1H NMR (500 MHz5 DMSO-dβ): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H)5 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H)5 2.37 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.13 (m, 2H)5 3.56-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.33 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H)5 6.59 (dd, J= 8.1 Hz, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.21 (t, J= 8.1 Hz5 IH), 7.29-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.62 (m, 5H)5 7.81 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.97-8.01 (m, 3H), 8.83 (s, 2H)59.70 (s, IH), 10.41 (s, IH), 10.46 (s, IH), 10.73 (br s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 537.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 54. Synthesis of l-f3-f2-G-(2-fPyrroHdin-l- yl)Ethoxy)Phenylainιno)Pyrimidin-5-ylcarbaniovπ-4-MethvIphenvπ-3-(3-
(TrifluoromethvnPhenyl)Urea (Compound XXHI)
XXIII
[0211] To a solution of intermediate 30 (Example 49) (234 mg, 0.54 mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (20 mL) was added l-(trifluoromethyl)-3-isocyanatobenzene (113 mg, 0.60 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The saturated NaHCC>3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0212] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCCb (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound XXIII (15 mg, 4%) was afforded as a yellow solid.
[0213] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-ds): δ 1.87-191 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.31 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J = 8.1 Hz5 J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.51 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.57 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.62-7.63 (m, IH), 7.67 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 8.02 (s, IH), 8.82 (s, 2H), 9.43 (s, IH), 9.70 (s, IH), 9.71 (s, IH), 10.29 (br s, IH), 10.42 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 620.4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 55. Synthesis of 2-Methyl-N-r2-(PyridinO-ylamino)-Pyrimidin-5-yll-5-(3- trifluoroniethyl-Benzoylamino)-Benzaιnide (Compound XXIV)
XXIV
[0214] To a solution of intermediate 3 (Example 5) (186.5 mg, 0.58 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 101.3 mg, 0.58 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.21 mL, 1.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 9 (Example 15) (90 mg, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCO3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0215] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.25 mL, 0.5 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (54.5 mg, 21%).
[0216] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 2.39 (s, 3H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH)5 7.80 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.84 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.89-7.92 (m, IH)5 7.98 (s, IH), 7.99 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.30 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH)1 8.33 (s, IH), 8.44 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, IH), 8.62 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz5 J= 1.2 Hz, IH), 8.98 (s, 2H), 9.32 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH)5 10.63 (s, IH), 10.65 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 493.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 56. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-[2-(Pyridin-3-ylaminoVPyrimidin-S-yll-5-(3- Trifluoromethyl-benzoylaminoVBenzamide (Compound XXV)
XXV
[0217] To a solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (463 mg, 1.34 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (40 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 236 mg, 1.34 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.5 mL, 4.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 9 (Example 15) (210 mg, 1.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCO3 (80 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO-J). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0218] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.6 mL, 1.2 mmol) in Et2θ was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (65 mg, 11%).
[0219] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 7.61 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.96-8.01 (m, 3H), 8.12 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.34 (s, IH), 8.47 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, IH), 8.67 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, IH)3 8.98 (s, 2H), 9.36 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH), 10.85 (s, IH), 10.92 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 513.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 57. Synthesis of 5-Amino-2-Methyl-N-(2-(Pyridin-3-vtamino)Pyrimidin-5- ylVBenzamide (Intermediate 31)
31
[0220] To a solution of 2-methyl-5-nitrobenzoic acid (1.05 g, 5.77 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-dimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 0.9 g, 5.13 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 1.54 mL, 14 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 9 (Example 15) (0.9 g, 4.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCCb (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo.
[0221] The crude product was purified by flash column (SiO2/CH2Cl2, then CH2Cl2 : MeOH : NH3-H2O = 100 : 10 : 1). The obtained yellow solid was dissolved in MeOH (200 mL) and bubbled with Ar for 2 min before adding Raney Ni. The mixture was hydrogenated for Ih at room temperature. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The desired product was obtained as a yellow solid (1.24 g, 81%).
EXAMPLE 58. Synthesis of l-(3-(2-(Pyridin-3-ylamino)IΥrimidin-5-vIcarbamoyr>-4- Methylphenvn-3-(3-(trifluoromethvnPhenvnUrea (Compound XXVl)
XXVI
[0222] To a solution of intermediate 31 (Example 57) (91 mg, 0.28 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added l-(tήfluoromethy])-3-isocyanatobenzene (63.8 mg, 0.34 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The saturated NaHCC>3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (NaiSO-j). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0223] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (12 mg, 8%).
[0224] 1H NMR (500 MHz5 DMSO-d6): δ 2.33 (s, 3H), 7.24 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.45 (dd, J= 8.3 Hz, J= 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.50 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.57 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.70 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.94-7.97 (m, IH), 8.02 (s, IH), 8.46 (d, J= 5.3 Hz, IH), 8.65 (d, J= 7.4 Hz, IH), 8.98 (s, 2H), 9.36 (s, IH), 9.53 (s, IH), 9.82 (s, IH), 10.62 (br s, IH), 10.68 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 508.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 59. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(3-(3-(TrifluoromethvnPhenyl)ureido)Benzoic
Acid (Intermediate 32)
32
[0225] To a solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (0.86 g, 5 mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (40 mL) was added l-(trifluoromethyl)-3-isocyanatobenzene (1.03 g, 5.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCθ3 (40 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The title compound was afforded as a white solid (1.68 g, 94%).
EXAMPLE 60. Synthesis of l-(3-(2-(Pyridin-3-ylamino)pyrimidin-5-ylcarbamoyI)-4- chloroDhenyl>3-(3-(trifluoromethvDphenvDιirea (Compound XXVID
XXVH
[0226] To a solution of intermediate 32 (Example 59) (260 mg, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 127 mg, 0.72 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.29 mL, 2.64 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 9 (Example 15) (123.3 mg, 0.66 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCθ3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0227] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCI (0.35 mL, 0.7 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (88 mg, 23%).
[0228J 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 7.31 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 1 Al-I. SI (m, 4H), 7.81 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.99-8.01 (m, 2H)8 8.48 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, IH), 8.67-8.69 (m, IH), 8.97 (S5 2H), 9.39 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 9.82 (s, IH), 9.86 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH), 10.86 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/∑ 528.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 61. Synthesis of l-f3-(2-f4-f2-fPyrrolidin-l- yOEthoxy^PhenylaininolPyrimidin-S-vIcarbamoylM-Clilorophenvπ-a-O-
(TrifluoroπiethvnPhenyl)Urea (Compound XXVIII)
XXVIII
[0229] To a solution of intermediate 32 (Example 59) (153 mg, 0.43 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 75.5 mg, 0.43 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.38 mL, 3.44 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 25 (Example 33) (120 mg, 0.36 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCθ3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO-O. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0230] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (38 mg, 16%).
[0231] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.87-190 (m, 2H)5 1.98-2.04 (m, 2H)3 3.09- 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.30 (t, J= 4.9 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.47-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.66 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.01 (s, IH), 8.74 (s, 2H), 9.54 (s, IH), 9.85 (s, IH), 9.91 (s, IH), 10.52 (br s, IH), 10.58 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 640.2 (M+H)+.
(TrifluoromethvDBenzamide (Intermediate 33")
33
[0232] To a solution of 3-bromo-4-methylbenzenamine (0.82 g, 4.4 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (40 mL) was added 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzoyl chloride (0.72 ml, 4.85 mmol) and triethylamine (2.5 ml, 17.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCCb (80 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (1.48 g, 94%).
EXAMPLE 63. Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(3-(2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yl)Ethoxy)Phenylamino)Pyrimidin-5-ylaιnino)-4-Metliylphenyl)-3-
(TrifluoromethvDBenzamide (Compound XXIX)
XXIX
[0233] To a solution of intermediate 33 (Example 62) (191 mg, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) were added intermediate 29 (Example 45) (160 mg, 0.53 mmol), Cs2CO3 (700 mg, 2.13 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (50 mg, 0.05 mmol), and Xantphos (93 mg, 0.16 mmol). The suspension was heated under reflux for 4 h under argon. The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with brine (1 x 100 mL) and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). Combined organic solution was dried (Na2SU4) and concentrated until 10 ml remain solution before adding hexane (100 mL). The mixture was sonicated for 2 min. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0234] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (118 mg, 36%).
[0235] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.86-189 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.59 (m, 4H), 4.31 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H)5 6.56 (dd, J= 8.2 Hz, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.10 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.20 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.26 (dd, J= 8.1 Hz, J= 1.9 Hz, IH), 7.35 (dd, J= 6.1 Hz, J= 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (t, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.74 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.92 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.20 (s, IH), 8.21 (s, IH), 8.38 (s, 2H), 9.54 (s, IH), 10.28 (s, IH), 10.55 (br s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 577.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 64. Synthesis of N-(2-(3-(2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yl)Ethoχy)Phenylamino)Pyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(Tsoquinolin-l-ylamino')-2-
Methylbenzatnide (Compound XXX)
XXX
[0236] To a solution of intermediate 30 (Example 49) (116 mg, 0.27 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) were added 1-chloroisoquinoline (48 mg, 0.30 mmol), Cs2CCb (365 mg, 1.12 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (26 mg, 0.027 mmol), and Xantphos (49 mg, 0.084 mmol). The suspension was heated under reflux for 4 h under Ar. The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with brine (1 x 100 mL) and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). Combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated until 10 ml remain solution before adding hexane (100 mL). The mixture was sonicated for 2 min. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
[0237] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (8.6 mg, 5%).
[0238] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dg): δ 1.86-190 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.63 (m, 4H), 4.27 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J = 8.3 Hz, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.22 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.34 (d,J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.47 (br s, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 7.73 (br s, 2H), 7.82-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.99 (br s, 2H), 8.69 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 8.81 (s, 2H), 9.71 (s, IH), 9.73 (br s, IH), 10.40 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 560.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 65. Synthesis of N-re-O-α-ffyrrolidin-l- ylVEthoxyϊPhenylamino^Pyrimidin-S-viyS-Bromo-Σ-Chlorobenzamide (Intermediate
341
[0239] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-chlorobenzoic acid (86 mg, 0.36 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 2-chloro-4,6-diimethyoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT, 64 mg, 0.36 mmol), and 4-methylmopholine (NMM, 0.15 mL, 1.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature followed by adding intermediate 29 (Example 45) (106 mg, 0.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The saturated NaHCO3 (40 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 min. The organic layer was separated and aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude product was used for next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 66. Synthesis of N-(2-(3-(2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yI)ethoxy)PhenvIaniino')Pyrimidin-5-yI)-2-Chloro-5-(Pyridin-2-ylamino)Benzamide
(Compound XXXD
[0240] To a solution of intermediate 34 (Example 65) (0.33 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4- dioxane (30 mL) were added 2-aminopyridine (37.3 mg, 0.40 mmol), Cs2CO3 (430 mg, 1.32 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (30.2 mg, 0.033 mmol), and Xantphos (58 mg, 0.10 mmol). The
suspension was heated under reflux for 4 h under argon. The solid was filtered off and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was washed with brine (1 x 100 mL) and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). Combined organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated until 10 ml remain solution before adding hexane (100 mL). The mixture was sonicated for 2 min. The solid was collected by filtration and washed with hexane. The crude product was purified by using HPLC.
{0241] The HPLC fractions containing product were combined and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 (50 mL). The free base was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo. The free base was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and the 2.0 M solution of HCl (0.2 mL, 0.4 mmol) in Et2O was added. The solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature before removing solvent. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and anhydrous Et2O (20 mL) was added. The solid was collected by centrifuging. The title compound was afforded as a yellow solid (31.6 mg, 17%).
[02421 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dβ): δ 1.86-190 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.63 (m, 4H), 4.27 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (dd, J= 8.0 Hz, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.93 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, IH), 7.08 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.22 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.53 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.59 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.70 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, IH), 7.80 (br s, IH), 7.95 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH). 8.16 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, IH), 8.84 (s, 2H), 9.73 (s, IH), 10.49 (br s, IH), 10.80 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 530.2 (M,+H)+.
EXAMPLE 67. Synthesis of 4-Bromo-N-(2-PyrroUdin-l-yl-Ethv-VBenzamide
(Intermediate 35)
35
[0243] To 4-bromobenzoic acid (5 g, 24.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (125 mL) was added thionyl chloride (18.15 mL, 248.7 mmol) followed by DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 5 h till no gas evolution observed. The volatiles were
evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was taken in hexane-ethyl acetate (200 mL, 3:1). The slurry was filtered through a small plug of silica gel and evaporated. The crude chloride was obtained as a yellow syrup, that eventually becomes solid (4.47 g, 82%). To the acid chloride (2.0 g, 9.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added triethylamine (6.35 mL, 45.55 mmol) and pyrrolidine ethyl amine (1.15 mL, 9.11 mmol) at 0 0C and warmed to room temperature.
[0244] After stirring at room temperature for 16 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL). The organic layer was separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted again with dichloromethane (100 mL). The combined organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered through a silica plug, and the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure, to give a white solid (2.4 g, 89%).
EXAMPLE 68. Synthesis of 4-f5-Amino-Pyrimidin-2-ylatninoV-N-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-
EthvO-Benzamide (Intermediate 36)
36
[0245] A mixture of 2-amino-5-nitropyrirnidine (140 mg, 1.0 mmol), 44 (297 mg, 1.0 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (9.0 mg, 0.01 mmol), Xantphos (12 mg, 0.02 mmol) and cesium carbonate (650 mg, 2.0 mmol) were suspended in dioxane (15 mL) and heated at reflux under the argon atmosphere for 15 h. The solvent evaporated and the residue triturated with chloroform-water-brine (50 mL, 1:1:1). The chloroform layer was separated, dried, and evaporated. The residue (400 mg) was taken in methanol (50 mL) and was hydrogenated over Pd/C (10%, 120 mg) for 3 hr. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the solvent evaporated. The residue was crystallized using chloroform-methanol mixture to give the title compound (344 mg, quant) as yellow solid.
EXAMPLE 69. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-(2-f4-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-vI-Ethylcarbamovn- Phenylaminol-Pyritnidin-5-yl}-5-f3-Trifliioromethyl-BenzoylaminoVBenzamide fCompound XXXII)
XXXII
[0246] A solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (52.3 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was charged with oxalyl chloride (30 μL, 0.35 mmol) and DMF (1 drop, cat.). The solution was stirred until clear (about. 15 min.) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting white solid was taken up in THF (4 mL) and charged with intermediate 36 (Example 68) (56.9 mg, 0.18 mmol), and TEA (0.1 mL, 0.71 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound as a white solid (4.5 mg, 4%).
[0247] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd3): δ 1.85-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.98-2.07 (m, 2H), 3.02- 3.11(m, 4H), 3.58 (q, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.62-3.68 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.80- 7.83 (m, 3H), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 8.09 (d, J= 2.6 Hz5 IH), 8.28 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.52 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, IH)3 8.86 (s, 2H), 9.33 (br s, IH), 10.04 (s, IH), 10.73 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 652.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 70. Synthesis of 2-MethvI-N-{244-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-EthvIcarbamovn- Phenylaminol-Pyrimid.n-5-yl}-5-(3-Trifluoromethyl-Benzoylamino)-Benzamϊde
(Compound XXXHD
XXXIII
[0248] A solution of intermediate 3 (Example 5) (52.4 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) was charged with oxalyl chloride (21 μL, 0.25 mmol) and DMF (1 drop, cat.). The solution was stirred for 1 hr and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting white solid was taken up in anhydrous THF (1.5 mL) and charged with intermediate 36 (Example 68) (50.8 mg, 0.16 mmol), and TEA (65 μL, 0.46 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture was purified by HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound as a white solid (16.2 mg, 14%).
[0249] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dg): δ 1.85-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.05-3. ll(m, 2H)5 3.58 (q, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.62-3.68 (m, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.79-7.88 (m, 6H), 7.97 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.99 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.53 (t, /= 5.6 Hz, IH), 8.87 (s, 2H), 9.43 (br s, IH), 10.01 (s, IH), 10.50 (s, IH), 10.59 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 632.5 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 71. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(Cvclohexanecarboxamido)Benzoic Acid
(Intermediate 37)
37
[02501 A solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (0.34 g, 2.0 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was charged with cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (0.27 mL, 1.7 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 16 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in DCM and filtered to afford the title compounds as a white solid (0.47 g, 97%).
[0251] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.16-1.30 (m, 3H)5 1.39 (qd, J= 12.2 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (br d, J= 12.0 Hz, IH), 1.65-1.81 (m, 4H), 2.31 (tt, J= 11.6 Hz, 7= 3.4 Hz, IH), 7.44 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.76 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz3 J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.11 (d, J= 2.6 Hz IH), 10.08 (s, IH), 13.40 (br s. IH). MS (ES+): m/z 282.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 72. Synthesis of N-(2-(4-(2-(PyrroIidin-l- vOEthoxyYPhenylainino)Pyriniidin-5-yl)-2-Chloro-5-
(CyciohexanecarboxamidoYBenzainide (Compound XXXIV)
XXXIV
[0252] A solution of Intermediate 37 (Example 71) (160 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF was charged with HOBT (124 mg, 0.91 mmol), HBTU (365 mg, 0.96 mmol), DIEA (0.4 mL, 2.3 mmol), and intermediate 25 (Example 33) (185.9 mg, 0.55 mmol) and allowed to stir for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC. The aqueous HPLC fractions (approx. 120 mL) were extracted with NaHCO3 (aq)(10 mL) and EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried (NaaSO.;), and concentrated in vacuo. The freebase was taken up in DCM and excess HCL in Et2O was added and the solution concentrated in vacuo to yield the HCl salt of the title compound as a yellow solid (81 mg,
[02531 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.14-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.37-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.61- 1.68 (m, IH), 1.72-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.86-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.38 (m, IH), 3.05-3.14 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.61 (m, 5H), 4.29 (t, J= 5.1 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H),
7.48 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.64-7.68 (m, 3H), 7.95 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.72 (s, 2H), 9.53 (s, IH), 10.19 (s, IH), 10.38 (br s, IH), 10.54 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 563.3 (MH-H)+.
EXAMPLE 73. Synthesis of N-(2-Amino-Pyrimidin-5-vn-2-ChIoro-S-(3- Trifluoromethvl-BenzovlaimnoVBenzamide (Compound XXXV)
XXXV
[0254] A solution of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (380 mg, 1.11 mmol) in DCM was charged with CDMT (233 mg, 1.33 mmol), and NMM (0.3 mL, 2.73 mmol). After 1 hr of stirring, 2,5-diaminopyrimidine (121 mg, 1.10 mmol) was added and the solution was allowed to stir for 48 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (350 mg, 73%).
[0255] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 7.59 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.02 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.54 (s, 2H), 10.45 (s, IH), 10.71 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 436.0 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 74. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-r2-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Ethylamino)-Pyriinidin- 5-vH-5-f3-Trifluoromethyl-benzoylamino)-Benzamide (Compound XXXVI)
XXXVI
[0256] A suspension of compound XXXV (Example 73) (100 mg, 0.23 mmol), l-(2- chloroethyl)pyrrolidine hydrochloride (45 mg, 0.27 mmol), and K2CO3 (95 mg, 0.69 mmol)
in 4 mL DMF were sealed in a microwave reaction tube and irradiated at 190 0C for 7 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the resulting mixture poured into water. The resulting precipitate was filtered, taken up in DMF and purified by HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound as a tan solid (10 mg, 7%).
[0257] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.85-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.07 (m, 2H), 3.05- 3.1 l(m, 2H), 3.62-3.68 (m, 2H), 4.08 (br s, 2H), 6.84 (s, 2H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.53 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.80 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH)5 8.04 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.18 (s, 2H), 8.25 (ά, J= 7.8 Hz, IH)5 8.32 (s, IH), 9.68 (br s, IH), 10.63 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 533.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 75. Synthesis of 3-Bromo-N-f2-Pyrro1idin-l-yl-ethyQ-Benzenesulfonamide
(Intermediate 38")
38
[0258] A solution of 3-bromobenzene-l-sulfonyl chloride (1.29 g, 5.05 mmol) in 25 mL THF was charged with 2-(pyrrolidin-l-yl)ethanamine (0.6 mL, 5.05 mmol), and TEA (2.2 mL, 15.7 mmol) and allowed to stir for 1 hr. The reaction was quenched with 25 mL NaHCC>3 (sat., aq.) and extracted with DCM (2x100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by gradient flash chromatography (0 to 20% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound as a white solid (816 mg, 48%).
[0259] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.55-1.63 (m, 4H), 2.30-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.39 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, J= 6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.80 (ddd, J= 7.9, J= 1.8, J= 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.85 (ddd, J= 7.9 Hz5 J= 1.8 Hz5 J= 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.95 (t, J= 1.8 Hz, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 332.9 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 76. Synthesis of 2-ChIoro-N-(2-r3-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Ethylsulfamovn- PhenvIaminol-Pyrimidin-S-vU-S-O-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaπiinoVBenzainide
(Compound XXXVII)
XXXVII
[0260] A suspension of compound XXXV (Example 73) (100 rag, 0.23 mmol), intermediate 38 (Example 75) (80 mg, 0.24 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (5.6 mg, 0.025 mmol), Xantphos (30.8 mg, 0.053 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (54 mg, 0.48 mmol) in 4 mL dioxane was sealed in a microwave reaction tube and irradiated at 160 0C for 15 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by HPLC to afford the TFA salt of the title compound as a white solid (57 mg, 31%).
[0261] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.84-1,91 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.95- 3.1 l(m, 4H)3 3.23-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.59 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.54 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.82 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.91-8.02 (m, 4H), 8.10 (d, J = 2.6 Hz5 IH), 8.28 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.41 (t, J= 1.9 Hz, IH), 8.86 (s, 2H), 9.50 (br s, IH), 10.11 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH), 10.75 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 688.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 77. Synthesis of 5-(4-(Trifluoromethvnbenzamido)-2-Chlorobenzoic acid
(Intermediate 39)
39
[0262] To a suspension of 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoic acid (1.0 g, 5.3 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added CDMT (1.1 g, 6.3 mmol) and NMM (2.3 mL, 21 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min under an argon atmosphere. 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (1.4 g, 7.9 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for additional 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated NaHCCb solution and then extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and the filtrate concentrated to afford the title compound (1.6 g, 88%) as a cream solid.
EXAMPLE 78. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-(2-r4-f2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-EthoxyV Phenylamino1-Pyrimidin-5-yl>-5-f4-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoVBenzamide
(Compound XXXVIID
XXXVIII
[0263] A solution of intermediate 39 (Example 77) (1 10 mg, 0.32 mmol) in DCM was charged with CDMT (62 mg, 0.35 mmol), and NMM (0.1 mL, 0.91 mmol). After 20 min. of stirring, intermediate 25 (Example 33) (125 mg, 0.37 mmol) was added and the solution was allowed to stir for 4 days. The mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC. The resulting product was eventually coaxed to crystalline form via ethyl ether trituration to afford the title compound as a tan solid (10 mg, 4%).
[0264] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.84-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.05 (m, 2H), 3.07- 3.16 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.64 (m, 4H), 4.26 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, 2H), 6.97 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.67 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.91 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 8.09 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.17 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 8.74 (s, 2H), 9.55 (s, IH), 9.80 (br s, IH), 10.60 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 625.1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 79. Synthesis of 2-Methyl-N-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Ethoχyy- Phenylaminol-Pyrimidin-5-yl}-5-f3-Trifluoromethyl-Ben2ovIainino)-Benzamide
(Compound XXXIX)
[0265] A mixture of intermediates 3 (Example 5) (316 mg, 0.978 mmol), 25 (Example 33) (195 mg, 0.652 mmol) and DIPEA (340 μL, 1.96 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (7 mL) and treated with HBTU (395 mg, 1.043 mmol) and HOBt (132 mg, 0.978 mmol) at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was extracted was triturated with ethyl acetate- water-brine (30 mL, 1:1 :1). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. The residue was purified to give title compound as a pale.yellow solid (144 mg, 24%).
[0266] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.65-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.37 (s, 3H)5 2.6-2.9(m, 4H), 2.9-3.1 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.2 (m, 2H), 6.89 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (t, J= 8.3 Hz, IH), 7.87 (dd, J= 2.5 Hz, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.92-8.0 (m, 2H), 8.31-8.38 (m, 2H), 8.76 (s, 2H), 9.45 (s, IH), 10.43 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 605.36 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 80. Synthesis of 2-ChIoro-N-f2-f4-f2-PyrroIidin-l-yl-ethoxy)- Phenylaminol-Pyrimidin-5-yl)-5-(3-TriflMoromethyl-Benzoylamino)-Benzamide fCompound XL)
[0267] A mixture of intermediates 1 (Example 2) (336 mg, 0.978 mmol), 25 (Example 33) (195 mg, 0.652 mmol) and DIPEA (340 μL, 1.96 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (7 mL) and treated with HBTU (395 mg, 1.043 mmol) and HOBt (132 mg, 0.978 mmol) at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was extracted was triturated with ethyl acetate- water-brine (30 mL, 1 :1 :1). The organic layer was separated, dried CNa∑SO/j) and evaporated. The residue was purified to give title compound as a pale yellow solid (121 mg, 19%).
[0268] 1HNMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.65-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.55(m, 4H), 2.75(t, J== 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.97-4.07 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H)5 7.58 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.62 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (t, J= 5.0 Hz, IH), 7.98 (dd, J = 2.5 Hz, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.07 (d, J = 2.5, IH), 8.3-8.37 (m, IH), 8.72 (s, 2H), 10.6-10.9 (br s, 2H). MS (ES+): m/z 625.43 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 81. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-f244-f4-Methyl-PiDerazine-l-Carbonvn- Phenylamino1-Pyrimidin-5-yl>-S-(3-Trifluoromethyl-BenzovIamino)-Benzamide
(Compound XLI)
XLI
[0269] A mixture of intermediate 1 (Example 2) (40 mg, 1.2 mmol) and thionyl chloride (875 μL, 12 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was heated under reflux for 6 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. To the residue was added (4-(5- aminoρyrimidin-2-ylamino)phenyI)(4-methyIpiperazin-l-yl)methanone (20 mg, 0.064 mmol) and TEA (44 μL, 0.31 mmol) in THF (7 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and evaporated. The residue was purified by HPLC to give title compound as a yellow solid (21 mg, 52%).
(0270] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.15(m, 2H), 3.20-3.32(m, 2H), 3.42-3.50 (m, 5H, overlapped with water), 7.41 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, IH), 7.86 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (dd, J = 2.5 Hz5 J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J= 5, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.84 (s, 2H), 9.7-9.8 (br s, IH), 10.0 (s, IH), 10.72 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 638.37(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 82. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(Nicotinaιnido)Benzoyl Chloride
(Intermediate 40)
40
[0271] To a solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (1.71 g, 10 mmol) and TEA (6.96 mL, 50 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride ( 1.78 g, 10 mmol) solid portion-wise. After 1 h stirring at room temperature, product was isolated through filtration as a white solid. The solid was washed with water and dried (1.85 g, 67%). The solid, 2-chloro-5-(nicotinamido)benzoic acid (1.0 g, 3.62 mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (50 mL) and treated with thionyl chloride (1.57 mL, 36.2 mmol) at reflux for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was evaporated, and the residue was dissolved in hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (100 mL, 6:4) and quickly filtered through a short silica plug. On evaporation of solvent, the title compound was obtained as a white solid (873 mg, 82%).
EXAMPLE 83. Synthesis of N-(4-Chloro-3-(2-r4-(4-Methyl-Piperazine-l-Carbonvn- Phenylamino]-Pyrimidin-5-ylcarbamoyl}PhenvI)-Nicotinaniide (Compound XLII)
XLII
[0272] To a solution of (4-(5-aminopyrimidin-2-ylamino)phenyl)(4-methylpiperazin- 1 - yl)methanone (31 mg, 0.1 mmol) and TEA (69 μL, 0.5 mrnol) in THF (7 mL), was added intermediate 40 (Example 82) (23 mg, 0.063 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and evaporated. The residue was purified by HPLC to give title compound as a yellow solid (20 mg, 35%).
[0273J 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dδ): δ 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.15(m, 2H), 3.2-3.32(m, 2H), 3.42-3.50 (m, 5H, overlapped with water), 7.41 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.84-7.94 (m, 3H), 8.09 (d, J= 3.0 Hz, IH), 8.30-8.37 (m, IH), 8.80 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, IH), 8.84 (s, 2H), 9.13 (s, IH), 9.75-9.85 (br s, 1 H), 10.0 (s, IH), 10.71 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 571.20(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 84. Synthesis of N-(2-(4-(2-(PyrroIidin-l- yl)Ethoxy)Phenylamino)Pyrimidin-5-vO-5-Amino-2-Methyl Menzamide (Intermediate
411
41
[0274] A mixture of 2-methyl-5-nitrobenzoic acid (760 mg, 2.53 mmol), intermediate 25 (Example 33) (690 mg, 3.80 mmol) and DIPEA (1.32 mL, 7.61 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (14 mL) and treated with HBTU (1.54 g, 4.06 mmol) and HOBt (514 mg, 3.80 mmol) at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was extracted was triturated with ethyl acetate- water-brine (100 mL, 1:1:1). The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), evaporated and filtered through a silica plug. The crude residue was obtained as a dark gold colored syrup .
[0275] The crude product was suspended in methanol (100 mL) and hydrogenated over Pd/C (10%, 150 mg) for 6 hr. The catalyst was removed through filtration, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue on purification using flash column chromatography gave the title compound (425 mg, 39%) as yellow solid.
EXAMPLE 85. Synthesis of 5-(2.2-Dimethyl-ProDionylamino>2-Methyl-N-{2-[4-(2- Pyrrolid.n-l-yl-Ethoxy)-Phenyl Aminol-Pyrimidin-5-yU-Benzamide (Compound
XLim
XLIII
[0276] To a suspension of intermediate 41 (Example 84) (200 mg, 0.462 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), was added and TEA (840 μL, 6.0 mmol) followed by trimethyl acetyl chloride (74 μL, 0.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and triturated with aqueous sodium bicarbonate-brine mixture. The organic layer was separated and dried (Na2SO4). The product crashed out by adding hexane, as cream colored solid (235 mg, quantative).
[0277] ' H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.29 (s, 9H), 1.75- 1.83 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.90 (m, 4H), 3.00-3.23 (m, 2H), 4.15 (t, , J= 5.0 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 7.69 (dd, J= 2.3 Hz, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.87 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 9.06 (s, 2H), 9.33 (s, IH), 10.77 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 517.27(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 86. Synthesis of 2-Methyl-5-(3-PhenvI-UreidoVN-f2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl- EthoxyVPhenylaminol-Pyrimidin-5-vU-Benzamide (Compound XLIV)
XLIV
[0278] To a suspension of intermediate 41 (Example 84) (208 mg, 0.48 mmol) in DCM (10 mL), was added phenyl isocyanate (58 μL, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 4 hr, and triturated with aqueous sodium bicarbonate-brine mixture. The organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. The residue was triturated with DCM-MeOH-Hexane to give white solid (83 mg, 32%).
[0279] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.68-1.79 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.85-2.96 (m, 2H), 4.06 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.21 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.27 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.40-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.68 (m, 3H), 8.73 (s, 2H), 8.80 (s, IH), 8.87 (s, IH), 9.4 (s, IH), 10.31 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 552.3(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 87. Synthesis of S-fS-Methylisoxazole-θ-CarboxamidoV^-Chlorobenzoic
Acid (Intermediate 42)
42
[0280] Ethyl S-methylisoxazole-S-carboxylate (500 mg, 3.22 mmol) was suspended in MeOH-THF-H2O (2OmL, 1:1:1) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.35 g, 32.2 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature, and acidified with IN HCl. The crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate, and ethyl acetate layer was dried (Na2SO4) and solvent evaporated. The white solid thus obtained, was suspended in dichloromethane (30 mL) and treated with thionyl chloride (2.35 mL, 32.3 mmol) at reflux for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was evaporated, and the residue was dissolved in hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (100 mL, 6:4) and quickly filtered through a short silica plug. On evaporation of solvent, 5-methylisoxazole-3-carbonyl chloride was obtained as a colorless syrup (330 mg, 70%).
[0281] qTo a solution of 5-amino-2-chlorobenzoic acid (342 mg, 2.0 mmol) and TEA (1.39 mL, 10 mmol), was added 5-methylisoxazole-3-carbony! chloride (300 mg, 2.06 mmol) in DCM (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr, and triturated with aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated, dried
(Na2SO4) and evaporated. The residue on filtered through a silica plug to give the title compound as a cream colored solid (330 mg, 57%).
EXAMPLE 88. Synthesis of N-(3-(2-(4-(2-(Pyrrolidin-l- yOEthoxy)Phenylamino)Pyrimidin-5-ylearbamovO-4-Chloropheny.)-5-
Methylisoxazole-3-Carboxamide (Compound XLV)
XLV
[02821 To a solution of intermediate 42 (330 mg, 1.17 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added thionyl chloride (853 μL, 11.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h and the solvent evaporated. The residue was dissolved in hexane-ethyl acetate mixture (100 mL, 6:4) and quickly filtered through a short silica plug. The solvent evaporated and the residue was treated with intermediate 25 (Example 33) (387 mg, 1.29 mmol) and TEA (815 μL, 5.85 mmol) at room temperature for 16 hr. After evaporating the solvent, the residue was purified on HPLC to give the title compound as colorless syrup (21 mg, 3%).
[0283] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.83-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.08 (m, 2H), 3.06- 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.65 (m, 4H), 2.75 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 4.25 (t, J = 4.95 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (s, IH), 6.96 (d, J= 9.5 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.66 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.89 (dd, J = 2.5 Hz, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.72 (s, 2H). MS (ES+): m/z 562.13 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 89. General Procedure for the Amide Bond Formation (Method A)
[0284] To a solution of an amino-compound (1.0 mol equiv) and a carboxylic acid (1.2 mol equiv) in dry DMF (0.05-0.2 M) was added HBTU (1.5 mol equiv) and HOBt (1.3 mol equiv) followed by DIPEA (3.0 mol equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for specific time (as shown below) and then poured into water. The mixture
was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product purified as described below.
EXAMPLE 90. General Procedure for the Reduction of Nitro-Compound (Method B)
[0285] A solution of a nitro-compound (1.0 mol equiv) in MeOH (0.05—1.0 M) was flushed with argon and then Pd/C (10% by wt) added. The mixture was evacuated and then refilled with hydrogen (2 cycles) and stirred at room temperature for 2—4 h. The heterogeneous reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE, washed with MeOH and concentrated in vacuo to furnish the corresponding amino-compound. The crude amino-compound was used in the next step without purification.
EXAMPLE 91. Synthesis of 4-Bromo-N-(2-pyrroUdin-l-yl-ethyl)-benzenesulfonaniide
(Intermediate 43)
43
[0286] 4-bromo-benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.36 g, 13.1 mmol, 1 equiv) was dissolved in 50 mL DCM and treated with TEA (9.16 mL, 65.7 mmol, 5 equiv). To this, while stirring the solution, was added 2-pyrrolidin-l-yl-ethylamine (3 g, 26.3 mmol, 2 equiv). After 3 h, reaction was poured onto DCM/water mixture and washed once. The aqueous phase was back extracted once with fresh DCM. Organic phases were combined, washed once with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration followed by rotary evaporation provided desired product. White needles (3.92 g, 90%). R{ = 0.35 (10% MeOH/DCM)
EXAMPLE 92. Synthesis of 4-f5-Nitro-Pyrimidin-2-ylaininoVN-(2-PyrroIidin-l-yl- ethvD-Benzenesulfonamide (Intermediate 44)
44
[02871 A mixture of 2-amino-5-nitropyrimdin (7.14 mmol, 1.0 equiv), intermediate 43 (Example 91) (10.71 mmol, 1.5 equiv), Pd(OAc)2 (0.357 mmol, 0.05 equiv), Xantphos (0.714 mmol, 0.1 equiv) and potassium-tert-butoxide (14.28 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was suspended in 40 mL of dioxane and refluxed at 1000C under an argon atmosphere for 18 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product precipitated out using EtOAc/Hexanes (1:5 v/v) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (1.67g, 60%). MS (ES+): m/z = 393 (M-J-H)+. LC retention time: 1.79 min.
EXAMPLE 93. Synthesis of 4-(5-Ammo-Pyr-midin-2-ylaminoVN-(2-Pyrro.idin-l-yl- EthvD-Benzenesuifonamide (Intermediate 45)
45
[0288] Intermediate 44 (Example 92) (4.26 mmol, 1.0 equiv) dissolved in MeOH (0.05- 1.0 M) was evacuated of air and placed under an argon blanket; PdVC (10% by wt) was then added. The mixture was evacuated and then refilled with hydrogen and stirred at room temperature for 4 h. Filtration through CELITE with a MeOH wash, followed by concentration under reduced pressure afford the title compound as a white solid (100 mg, 7%). The crude amino-compound was used in the next step without purification. MS (ES+): m/z = 363 (M+H)+. LC retention time: 1.34 min.
EXAMPLE 94. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-l244-(2-Pyrro.idin-l-yl-Ethylsulfainovn- Pheπylaminol-Pyrimidin-5-yl}-5-(3-Trifluoromethv--Benzoylamino)-Benzainide
(Compound XLVTt
XLVI
[0289] The title compound was prepared from intermediates 1 (Example 2) (80 mg, 0.23 mmol) and 45 (Example 93) (70 mg, 0.19 mmol) according to Method A. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 h and the crude product purified by HPLC to afford the title compound (TFA salt; 55 mg 36%) as a light brown solid.
[0290] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd5): 1.78-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.95- 3.05 (m, 4H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 7.82 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.95-8.05 (m, IH), 7.99 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.10 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.89 (s, IH), 9.53 (br s, IH), 10.25 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH), 10.78 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 688 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 95. Synthesis of (5-Bromo-Pyridin-2-yl)-r4-(2-Hvdroxy-EthvD-Piperazin- l-yll-Methanone (Intermediate 46)
46
[0291] The title compound was prepared from 5-bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 5.0 mmol) and 2-piperazin-l-yl-ethanol (1.0 g, 7.7 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). After the removal of solvent, the residue was triturated in hexane-Et2O (5: 1 v/v) and the white solid filtered (1.0 g, 65%).
EXAMPLE 96. Synthesis of r4-(2-Hvdroxy-Ethvn-PiDerazin-l-yll-[5-(5-Nitro- Pyrimidin-2-ylamino)-Pyridin-2-yl]-Methanone flntermediate 47)
47
[0292J A mixture of 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.85 g, 6.1 mmol), intermediate 46 (Example 95) (2.5 g, 8.0 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (0.40 g, 0.44 mmol), Xantphos (0.5 g, 0.86 mmol) and cesium carbonate (4.0 g, 12 mmol) was suspended in dioxane (30 mL) and heated at reflux under the argon atmosphere for 18 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5% MeOH/DCM to 15% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound (0.90 g, 40%) as a yellow solid.
[0293] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 2.35-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 2H), 3.45- 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.58-3.65 (m, 2H), 4.43 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, IH), 7.64 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 8.31 (dd, J = 8.7 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.93 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 9.31 (s, 2H), 11.17 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 37 '4 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 97. Synthesis of f5-f5-Amino-Pyrimidin-2-ylaminoVPyridin-2-yll-r4-f2- Hvdroxy-EthvD-Piperazin-l-vH-Methanone (Intermediate 48)
48
[0294] The title compound was prepared from intermediate 47 (Example 96) (0.70 g, 1.9 mmol) according to Method B (Example 90) and used in the next step without purification. MS (ES+): m/z 344 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 98. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-f2-{6-r4-f2-Hvdroxy-Ethvn-PiDerazine-l- Carbonyll-Pyridin-B-ylaminol-Pyrimidin-S-yπ-S-O-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoV
Benzamide (Compound XLVII)
XLVII
[0295] The title compound was prepared from intermediates 1 (Example 2) (0.10 g, 0.29 mmol) and 48 (Example 97) (0.10 g, 0.29 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at RT for 20 h and the crude product purified by HPLC to afford the title compound (TFA salt; 44 mg 19%) as a light brown solid.
[0296] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 3.10-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.70- 3.80 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.60 (m, 2H), 5.41 (br s, IH), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.71 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.82 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, IH), 8.10 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.39 (dd, J= 8.7 Hz, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.89 (s, IH), 8.92 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 9.76 (br s, IH), 10.26 (s, IH), 10.76 (s, IH), 10.78 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 669 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 99. Synthesis of 3-(4-Bromo-Phenvn-Propan-l-ol (Intermediate 49Ϊ
49
[0297] To a solution of 3-(4-bromo-phenyl)-propionic acid (4.0 g, 18 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at 0°C under the argon atmosphere was added LiAlH4 (1.0 M in THF; 14 mL, 14 mmol). After the addition, the ice-bath was removed and the mixture refluxed for 18 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with 1 M HCl and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine,
dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product used in the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 100. Synthesis of l-Broιtio-4-(3-Bromo-Propyl)-Benzene (Intermediate
50
[02981 To a solution of intermediate 49 (Example 99) (4.0 g, 19 mmol) in THF (30 mL)
O at 0 C under the argon atmosphere was added PPh3 (6.3 g, 24 mmol) followed by CBr4 (8.0 g, 24 mmol). The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 min and then stirred at room temperature for additional 15 h. Most of the solvent was removed and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane) to afford the title compound (3.5 g, 66%) as a colorless oil.
[0299] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 2.03-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.68 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 7.19 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H).
EXAMPLE 101. Synthesis of l-[3-(4-Bromo-Phenyr)-Propyll-Pyrrolidine
51
[0300] To a solution of intermediate 50 (Example 100) (3.5 g, 13 mmol) in dioxane (40 mL) was added pyrrolidine (2.1 mL, 25 mmol), followed by cesium carbonate (8.2 g, 25 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h and poured into water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer separated, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/DCM to 25% MeOH and 2% TEA/DCM) to afford the title compound (1.8 g, 53%) as a pale orange oil.
[0301] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.60-1.65 (m, 6H), 2.35 (t, J= 13 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.43 (m, 4H), 2.57 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H)3 7.44 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H)
EXAMPLE 102. Synthesis of (5-Nitro-Pyrimidin-2-vn44-(3-Pyrrolidin-l-vI-ProDvn-
Phenvll-Amine (Intermediate 521
52
[0302] A mixture of 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.15 g, 1.1 mmol), intermediate 51 (Example 101) (0.30 g, 1.1 mmol), Pd2(dba)2 (75 mg, 0.082 mmol), Xantphos (96 mg, 0.17 mmol) and cesium carbonate (0.69 g, 2.1 mmol) was suspended in dioxane (15 mL) and heated at reflux under the argon atmosphere for 15 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered and washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/DCM to 20% MeOH and 2% TEA/DCM) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0.20 g, 56%).
EXAMPLE 103. Synthesis of ΛM4-(3-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-propyiyPhenyll-Pyriinidine-2.5-
Diamine (Intermediate 53)
53
[0303] The title compound was prepared from intermediate 52 (Example 102) (0.20 g, 0.61 mmol) according to Method B (Example 90) and used in the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 104. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-(2-f4-f3-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-ProDvn- Phenylaminol-Pyrimidin-S-vU-S-O-Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoVBenzaπiide
(Compound XLVIID
XLVIII
[0304] The title compound was prepared from intermediates 1 (Example 2) (0.26 g, 0.76 mmol) and 53 (Example 103) (0.20 g, 0.67 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (DCM to 30% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound (0.14 g, 34%) as a yellow solid.
[03051 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.75-2.05 (m, 6H), 2.59 (t, /= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.95-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.60 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.68 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH)5 7.93 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J = 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.01 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.08 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.76 (s, 2H), 9.49 (br s, IH), 9.63 (s, IH), 10.26 (s, IH), 10.63 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 623 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 105. Synthesis of (5-Nitro-Pyrimidin-2-vI)-Phenyl-Amine (Intermediate
541
54
[0306] A suspension of 5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.10 g, 0.71 mmol), bromobenzene (0.15 g, 0.96 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (13 mg, 0.057 mmol), Xantphos (67 mg, 0.12 mmol) and potassium tert-butoxide (0.22 g, 2.0 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was sealed in a microwave
reaction tube and irradiated with microwave at 140 0C for 15 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the resulting mixture filtered and the filtered solid washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product used in the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 106. Synthesis of N-Phenyl-Pyrimidine-2.5-Diamine (Intermediate 55)
[0307] The title compound was prepared from intermediate 54 (Example 105) according to Method B (Example 90) and used in the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 107. Synthesis of 2-ChIoro-N-(2-Phenylaniino-Pyrimidin-5-vO-5-f3- Trifluoromethyl-BenzoylaminoVBenzamide (Compound XLIX)
[0308J The title compound was prepared from intermediates 1 (Example 2) (0.24 g, 0.70 mmol) and 55 (Example 106) (0.13 g, 0.70 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h and the crude product was purified by HPLC. The combined fractions were poured into saturated NaHCCb and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na2SCM and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue further purified by preparative TLC (40% EtOAc/Hexane) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (13 mg, 4%).
[0309] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 6.93 (t, J= 73 Hz, IH), 7.27 (d, J^ 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.29 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, IH), 7.61 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.75 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.96 (dd, /= 8.8 Hz, /= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J= 2.6
Hz, IH), 8.29 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.33 (s, IH), 8.79 (s, 2H), 9.68 (s, IH), 10.65 (s, IH), 10.73 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 512 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 108. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-5-(Quinolin-2-ylaminoVBenzoic Acid
(Intermediate 56)
56
[0310] A solution of 2-chloro-quinoline (0.50 g, 3.1 mmol) and 5-amino-2-chloro- benzoic acid (0.53 g, 3.1 mmol) in acetic acid (10 mL) was heated at 100 0C for 2 h. Acetic acid was removed and the residue triturated in ethyl acetate. The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.55 g, 59%) after the filtration. MS (ES+): m/z 299 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 109. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-12-(Pyridin-3-ylaminoyPyriniidin-5-yl1-5- (Ouinolin-2-ylamino)-Benzamide (Compound L)
[0311] The title compound was prepared from intermediates 56 (Example 108) (64 mg, 0.21 mmol) and 9 (Example 15) (40 mg, 0.21 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days and the crude product was purified by HPLC to afford the title compound (TFA salt; 17 mg, 14%) as a brown solid.
[0312] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-(I6): δ 7.09 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, IH), 7.34 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.54 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.61 (t, J= 7.6 Hz5 IH), 7.71 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.77 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.80-7.90 (m, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 8.33 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.40 (s, IH), 8.55 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.96 (s, IH), 9.26 (s, IH), 9.84 (s, IH), 10.50 (s, IH), 10.82 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 468 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 110. Synthesis of 2-Methyl-N42-(Pyridin-3-ylaminoϊ-Pyrimidin-5-vπ-5- f2-f3-Trifluoromethyl-Phenvπ-Acetylaminol-Benzamide (Compound LD
LI
[03131 The title compound was prepared from intermediate 31 (Example 57) (0.10 g, 0.31 mmol) and (3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-acetic acid (80 mg, 0.39 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h and the crude product purified firstly by flash chromatography on silica gel (30% EtOAc/Hexane to 10% MeOH/EtOAc) and then further purified by preparative TLC (10% MeOH/DCM) to afford the title compound (20 mg, 13%) as a pale yellow solid.
[0314] 1H NMR (500 MHz5 DMSOd6): δ 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.31 (dd, J= 8.4 Hz, J= 4.6 Hz, IH), 7.55-7.68 (m, 5H)5 7.70 (s, IH), 7.77 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, IH), 8.14 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, IH), 8.81 (s, 2H), 8.87 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, IH), 9.83 (s, IH), 10.36 (s, IH), 10.40 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 507 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 111. Synthesis of S-Aeety.amino^-Chloro-Benzoic Acid (Intermediate 57)
57
[0315] To a solution of 5-amino-2-chloro-benzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.9 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added acetyl chloride (0.30 mL, 4.2 mmol) followed by triethylamine (1.2 mL, 8.6 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h and poured into water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and afforded the title compound (0.17 g, 27%) as a brown solid.
EXAMPLE 112. Synthesis of ^^-rS-fS-Acetylamino-l-Chloro-BenzovIainino)- Pyrimidin-2-ylaminoi-BenzenesulfonyU-Piperidine-l-Carboxy.ic Acid fe/f-Butyl Ester
(Intermediate 58)
58
[03161 The title compound was prepared from intermediates 57 (Example 111) (0.17 g, 0.80 mmol) and 13 (Example 20) (0.34 g, 0.80 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and the crude product purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane to EtOAc) to afford the title compound (0.25 g, 50%) as a white solid.
EXAMPLE 113. Synthesis of 5-Acetylamino-2-Chloro-N-{2-[4-(Piperidine-4- SuIfonvD-Phenvlaminoi-Pvrimidin-5-vll-Benzamide (Compound LII)
LII
[0317] To a solution of intermediate 58 (Example 112) (0.25 g, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was added TFA (30% in DCM, 6 mL) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by HPLC to afford the title compound (TFA salt; 50 mg, 23%) as a white solid.
[0318] 1HNMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.60-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.93 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 2H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, IH), 7.64 (dd, J= 8.8 Hz, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H)5 7.91 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH),
8.04 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.20 (br s, IH), 8.62 (br s, IH), 8.89 (s, 2H), 10.27 (s, IH), 10.37 (s, IH), 10.74 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 529 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 114. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-{2-F4-(3-Pyrrolidin-l-yl-Propyl)- Phenylatninol-Pyriniidin-5-vU-5-(Ouinolin-2-ylaminoVBenzainide (Compound LIII)
[0319] The title compound was prepared from intermediates 56 (Example 108) (0.1 Og, 0.34 mmol) and 53 (Example 103) (0.1 Og, 0.34 mmol) according to Method A (Example 89). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and the crude product was purified by HPLC to afford the title compound (TFA salt; 80 mg, 35%) as a brown solid.
[03201 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.75-2.05 (m, 6H), 2.59 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.93-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.08-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.60 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.15 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, 7= 7.4 Hz, IH), 7.53 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), ), 7.60 (t, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 7.65-7.75 (m, 3H), 7.77 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, IH), 8.10-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.30 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.80 (s, 2H), 9.63 (s, IH), 9.77 (br s, IH), 9.85 (br s, IH), 10.63 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 578 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 115. Synthesis of N-Benzyl-4-MethvI-3-f2-r4-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-yl- EthylsulfamoyI)-PhenvIamino|-Pyrimidin-5-yIamino}-BenzenesuIfonaniide
(Compound LIV)
[0321] A suspension of intermediate 45 (Example 93) (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol), N-benzyl-3- bromo-4-methyl-benzenesulfonamide (0.10 g, 0.29 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (5 mg, 0.022 mmol), Xantphos (26 mg, 0.045 mmol) and potassium terf-butoxide (70 mg, 0.63 mmol) in a mixture of dioxane/DMF (2/1, 3 mL) was sealed in a microwave reaction tube and irradiated with microwave at 1500C for 20 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the resulting mixture filtered and the filtered solid washed with DCM. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/DCM to 25% MeOH and 2% TEA/DCM) to afford the title compound (0.10 g, 58%) as a white solid.
[0322] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 1.55-1.65 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.40 (m, 4H), 2.43 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.75-2.85 (m, 2H), 3.90 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.27 (m, 7H), 7.33 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (s, IH), 7.69 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 8.43 (s, 2H), 10.06 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 622 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 116. Synthesis of 4-Methyl-3-{2-l4-(2-Pyrrolidin-l-vI-Ethylsulfamovn- Phenylaminoi-Pyrimidin-S-ylaminol-Benzenesulfonainide (Compound LV)
LV
[0323] A solution of compound LIV (Example 115) (40 mg, 0.064 mmol) in cone, sulfuric acid (1.5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The mixture was poured into the ice- water and neutralized with 30% NaOH solution until the pH reached ~ 5. The resulting solution was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer separated. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue triturated in MeOH/Et2θ (1/5). The title compound was obtained as a white solid (20 mg, 59%) after filtration.
[0324] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.75-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 2.90-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.50 (m, 2H), 7.18 (dd, J= 7.9 Hz, J
= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.27 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.30 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.60 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 8.47 (s, 2H), 10.11 (s, IH), 10.96 (br s, IH). MS (ESI+): m/z 532 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 117. Synthesis of iV-(4-Chloro-3-nitroDhenvn-3- (trifluoromethvDbenzamide (Intermediate 59)
59
[0325] To a solution of 4-chloro-3-nitroaniline (1.72 g, 10.0 mmol) in 60 mL of anhydrous DCM was added crystalline DMAP (1.22 g, 10.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred until all solids dissolved, then 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (2.71 g, 13.0 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 6 hrs. The completion of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LC/MS. Then it was transferred into a separatory funnel and washed with water (3 x 100 mL), saturated NaHCOβ (2 x 100 mL), brine (1 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered through a short pad of silica gel. Solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title product as a light-brown solid (3.4 g, 100% yield).
[0326] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSOd6): δ 7.74 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, IH), 7.80 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.98 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.06 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.26 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.30 (s, IH), 8.56 (d, J= 2.6 Hz5 IH), 10.90 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 118. Synthesis of /V-f3-Ammo-4-chlorophenvn-3-
("trifluoromethyDbenzamide (Intermediate 60)
60
[0327] To a solution of intermediate 59 (10.34 g, 0.03 mol) in 500 mL of EtOH was added sodium sulfide nonahydrate (28.8 g, 0.12 mol). The reaction mixture was brought to reflux and refluxed for 4 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LC/MS. Upon complete conversion to the product, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to ambient temperature and concentrated down in vacuo to approx. 200 mL of the total volume. The resulting suspension was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (3 x 100 mL), brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered through a short pad of silica gel. Solvent was removed in vacuo to give the crude product. It was purified by silica gel flash chromatography using 0% - 50 % gradient of EtOAc in hexanes. Fractions, containing the product, were combined and solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the title compound as a tan solid (7.8 g, 83% yield).
[0328] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dβ): δ 5.39 (s, 2H), 6.92 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.15 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.36 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.77 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.95 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.23 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH)5 8.25 (s, IH), 10.30 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 119. Synthesis of Methyl 2-ff4-f2-Dyrrolidin-l- ylethoxV)phenyllamino)pyriιnidine-5-carboxylate (Intermediate 61)
61
[0329] 100 mL round-bottom flask was charged with methyl 2-aminopyrimidine-5- carboxylate (1.53 g, 10.0 mmol), l-[2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (4.05 g, 15.0 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (366 mg, 0.4 mmol), XantPhos (694 mg, 1.2 mmol), Cs2CO3 (6.51 g, 20.0 mmol) and anhydrous dioxane (70 mL). The mixture was purged with argon gas for 15 min, and then refluxed under argon atmosphere for 2 days. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). Combined EtOAc solutions were washed with H2O (2 x 100 mL), brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo with ca. 15 g of silica gel. The loaded silica
gel was taken to the ISCO system for further purification (80 g column, solid method, 0% to 20% MeOH gradient in DCM, 40 min method). Fractions, containing the product, were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. The solid was re-crystallized from 20 mL of CH3CN to give the title compound as a beige powder (1.61 g, 47% yield).
[0330] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.67-1.70 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.54 (m, 4H), 2.79 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.04 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 8.84 (s, 2H), 10.14 (s, I H).
EXAMPLE 120. Synthesis of 2-([4-(2-PyrroIidin-l- ylethoxy)phenyl]amino}pyriiiiidine-5-carboxyUc acid (Intermediate 62)
62
[0331] To a suspension of intermediate 61 (1.61 g, 4.70 mmol) in 20 ml OfCH3CN was added a solution of LiOH (260.0 mg, 10.85 mmol) in 20 mL of H2O. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LC/MS. Then 12 N HCl (0.90 mL, 10.85 mmol) was added and solvent was removed in vacuo to give a yellow solid. 100 mL of toluene were added and solvent was removed in vacuo until all solids were dry. Toluene addition and removal process was repeated three times to ensure a complete azeotropic removal of H2O. The solid was dried in high vacuum for 1 hr and taken to the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 121. Synthesis of ./V-f2-Chloro-5-ff3-
(trifluoromethv0benzovUamino}phenvD-2-ff4-(2-pyrro.id-n-l- ylethoxy)phenvHatnino>ρyrimidine-5-carboxatnide (Compound LVD
LVI
[0332] 100 mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate 62 (772 mg, 2.35 mmol) and 2.0 M solution of thionyl chloride in DCM (12 mL, 23.5 mmol, 10 equiv.) under argon atmosphere. A reflux condenser was inserted and the reaction mixture was refluxed under argon atmosphere for 18 hrs. Then ca. 40 mL of anhydrous toluene were added and the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo down to ca. 10 mL of the total volume. This process was repeated three times. Then to the resulting solution of 2-{[4-(2-pyrrolidin-l- ylethoxy)ρhenyl] amino}pyrimidine-5-carboxyl chloride in ca. 10 mL of anhydrous toluene was added a solution of intermediate 60 (787 mg, 2.5 mmol) and DMAP (305 mg, 2.5 mmol) in 20 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. Then it was poured into ca. 300 mL OfH2O and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed in vacuo to give a reddish oily residue.
[0333] The residue was re-dissolved in 10 mL of DMF, filtered through 0.2 u syringe filter and purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC in CH3CN/H2O system containing 0.05 % of TFA. Fractions, containing the product, were combined and poured into EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was treated with saturated aqueous NaHCθ3 (2 x 30 mL), washed with brine (2 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a beige powder (184 mg, 12% yield).
[0334] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.75 (br s, 4H), 2.74 (br s, 4H), 2.98 (br s, 2H), 4.12 (br s, 2H), 6.95 (d, /= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.66 (ά, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.6 Hz, IH), 7.80 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.98 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.31 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.99 (s, 2H), 10.05 (s, IH), 10.13 (s, IH), 10.73 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 624, 625, 627, 628 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 122. Synthesis of Methyl 2-{f3-f2-pyrroHdin-l- yletht>xy)phenyl]arnino}pyrimidine-5-cai boxylate (Intermediate 63)
63
[0335] Two 20 mL microwave vials were each charged with methyl 2-aminoρyrimidine- 5-carboxylate (460.0 mg, 3.0 mmol), l-[2-(3-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-pyrrolidine (811.0 mg, 3.0 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (110.0 mg, 0.12 mmol), XantPhos (208.3 mg, 0.36 mmol), Cs2CO3 (1.95 g, 6.0 mmol) and anhydrous dioxane (20 mL). The mixture was purged with argon gas for 15 min, then sealed and irradiated in a microwave (Initiator, Biotage) at 180 "C for 60 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the reaction mixtures were combined and partitioned between EtOAc and H2O. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). Combined EtOAc solutions were washed with H2O (2 x 100 mL), brine (2 x 100 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo with ca. 15 g of silica gel. The loaded silica gel was taken to the ISCO system for further purification (80 g column, solid method, 0% to 20% MeOH gradient in DCM, 40 min method). Fractions, containing the product, were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give reddish oil. The oil was re-crystallized from 10 mL of CH3CN to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (1.07 g, 35% yield).
EXAMPLE 123. Synthesis of 2-(f3-f2-PyrroIidin-l- ylethoxy)phenvIlamino}pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid (Intermediate 64)
64
[0336] To a suspension of intermediate 63 (1.05 g, 3.07 mmol) in 4 ml of CH3CN was added a solution of LiOH (147.3 mg, 6.15 mmol) in 4 mL OfH2O. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LC/MS. Then 12 N HCl (0.51 mL, 6.15 mmol) was added and solvent was removed in vacuo to give a beige solid. 50 mL of toluene were added and solvent was removed in vacuo until all solids were dry. Toluene addition and removal process was repeated three times to ensure a complete azeotropic removal OfH2O. The solid was dried in high vacuum for 1 hr and taken to the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 124. Synthesis of W-te-Chloro-S-nS- ftrifluoromethvDbenzovnaminolphenylVl-nS-fZ-pyrrolidin-l- ylethoxy)phenyllamino}pyrin.idine-5-carboxamide (Compound LVIF)
LVIl
[0337J 100 mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate 64 (1.0 g, 3.07 mmol) and 2.0 M solution of thionyl chloride in DCM (31 mL, 62.0 mmol, 20 equiv.) under argon atmosphere. A reflux condenser was inserted and the reaction mixture was refluxed under argon atmosphere for 6 hrs. Then ca. 100 mL of anhydrous toluene were added and the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo down to ca. 50 mL of the total volume. This process was repeated three times. Then to the resulting solution of 2-{[3-(2-pyrrolidin-l- ylethoxy)phenyl] amino} pyrimidine-5-carboxyl chloride in ca. 50 mL of anhydrous toluene was added a solution of intermediate 60 (0.966 g, 3.07 mmol) and DMAP (0.375 g, 3.07 mmol) in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 2 days. Then it was poured into ca. 300 mL of H2O and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed in vacuo to give a dark- yellow residue. The residue was re-dissolved in 10 mL of DMF, filtered through 0.2 u syringe filter and purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC in CH3CN/H2O system containing 0.05 % of TFA. Fractions, containing the product, were combined and poured into EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was treated with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (2 x 30 mL), washed with brine (2 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white powder (288 mg, 15 % yield).
[03381 1H NMR (500 MHz5 DMSO-d6): δ 1.78 (br s, 4H), 2.82 (br s, 4H), 3.08 (br s, 2H), 4.15 (br s, 2H), 6.65 (dd, J= 8.2, 2.0 Hz, IH), 7.24 (t, J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.37 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, IH), 7.54 (s, IH), 7.56 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.76-7.81 (m, 2H), 7.98 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH),
8.14 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 8.30 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, lH), 8.32 (s, IH), 9.05 (s, 2H), 10.18 (s, IH), 10.21 (s, IH), 10.73 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 624, 625, 627, 628 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 125. Synthesis of Methyl 2-(pyridin-3-ylaniino)pyriniidine-5-carboxy]ate
(Intermediate 65)
[0339] Two 20 mL microwave vials were each charged with methyl 2-aminopyrimidine- 5-carboxylate (460.0 mg, 3.0 mmol), 3-bromopyridine (71 1.0 mg, 4.5 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (110.0 mg, 0.12 mmol), XantPhos (208.3 mg, 0.36 mmol), Cs2CO3 (1.95 g, 6.0 mmol) and anhydrous dioxane (20 mL). The mixture was purged with argon gas for 15 min, then sealed and irradiated in a microwave (Initiator, Biotage) at 180 "C for 60 min. After cooling to room temperature, the cap was removed and the reaction mixtures were combined and diluted with ca. 100 mL of EtOAc. The resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo with ca. 15 g of silica gel. The loaded silica gel was taken to the ISCO system for further purification (80 g column, solid method, 0% to 20% MeOH gradient in DCM, 40 min method). Fractions, containing the product, were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give a reddish solid. The solid was washed with EtOAc (1 x 10 mL), Et2O (3 x 40 mL) and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a fine beige powder (0.98 g, 47% yield).
[0340] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.36 (dd, J = 8.4, 4.8 Hz, IH), 8.17-8.20 (m, IH), 8.25 (dd, J= 4.6, 1.3 Hz, IH), 8.89 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.92 (ss 2H), 10.48 (s, IH)
EXAMPLE 126. Synthesis of 2-(Pyridin-3-yIamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid
(Intermediate 66)
66
[0341] To a suspension of intermediate 65 (0.98 g, 4.26 mmol) in 30 mL OfCH3CN was added a solution of LiOH (238.0 mg, 9.94 mmol) in 30 mL OfH2O. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC arid LC/MS. Then 12 N HCl (0.83 mL, 9.94 mmol) was added and solvent was removed in vacuo to give a beige solid. 100 mL of toluene were added and solvent was removed in vacuo until all solids were dry. Toluene addition and removal process was repeated three times to ensure a complete azeotropic removal of H2O. The solid was dried in high vacuum for 1 hr and taken to the next step without further purification.
EXAMPLE 127. Synthesis of iV-f2-ChIoro-5-f{r3-
(trifluoromethvnphenyllcarbonyllamino'tphenvn-l-fpyridin-S-vIaminotpyriinidine-S- carboxamide (Compound LVIIB
LVIII
[0342] 150 mL round-bottom flask was charged with intermediate 66 (0.92 g, 4.26 mmol) and 2.0 M solution of thionyl chloride in DCM (22 mL, 42.6 mmol, 10 equiv.) under argon atmosphere. A reflux condenser was inserted and the reaction mixture was refluxed under argon atmosphere for 6 hrs. Then ca. 100 mL of anhydrous toluene were added and the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo down to ca. 50 mL of the total volume. This process was repeated three times. Then to the resulting solution of 2-(pyridin-3- ylamino)pyrimidine-5-carboxyl chloride in ca. 80 mL of anhydrous toluene was added a solution of intermediate 60 (1.34 g, 4.26 mmol) and DMAP (0.52 g, 4.26 mmol) in' 30 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 2 days. Then it was poured into ca. 300 mL OfH2O and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 50 mL). The combined organic solutions were washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. Solvent was removed in vacuo to give a dark-yellow residue. The residue was re-dissolved in 10 mL of DMF, filtered through 0.2 u syringe filter and purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC in CH3CN/H2O system containing 0.05 % of TFA. Fractions, containing the product, were combined and poured into EtOAc (100 mL). The
solution was treated with saturated aqueous NaHCθ3 (2 x 30 itiL), washed with brine (2 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white powder (463.0 mg, 21% yield).
[0343] 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 7.38 (dd, J= 8.1, 4.7 Hz, IH), 7.57 (dd, J= 8.8, 0.8 Hz, IH), 7.73-7.75 (m, IH), 7.79 (t, J= 7.8 Hz5 IH), 7.98 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 8.14 (dd, J= 2.4, 0.7 Hz, IH), 8.22-8.25 (m, 2H), 8.28 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 8.31 (s, IH), 8.94 (d, J= 1.8 Hz, IH), 9.06 (s, 2H), 10.16 (s, IH), 10.39 (s, IH), 10.66 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 512, 513, 515 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 128. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-ΛM2-α4-f2-(l-oxidopyrrolidin-l- v0ethoxylphenvπaminotpyrimidin-5-yll-5-({f3- (trifluoromethvπphenyllcarbonyl>amino)benzamide (Compound LIX)
LIX
[0344] To a solution of compound XL described in Example 80 above (200 mg, 0.32 mmol) in 30 mL of DCM at 00C was added mCPBA (86 mg, 0.38 mmol, 77% purity). The reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 2 hrs, and then it was allowed to warm up to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hrs. Then solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was re-dissolved in 4 mL of DMF, filtered through 0.2 u syringe filter and purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC in CH3CN/H2O system containing 0.05 % of TFA. Fractions, containing the product, were combined and poured into EtOAc (100 mL). The solution was treated with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (1 x 50 mL), washed with brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as an off-white powder (112.0 mg, 55% yield).
[0345] * 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 1.90 (br s, 2H), 2.10 (br s, 2H), 3.29 (br s, 4H), 3.45 (br s, 4H), 3.65 (br s, 2H), 4.45 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.64 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.96-7.99 (m, 2H),
8.08 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 8.32 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.34 (s, IH), 8.74 (s, 2H), 9.53 (s, IH), 10.77 (s, IH), 10.87 (s, IH). MS (ES+): m/z 641, 643, 644 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 129. Synthesis of (4-Methoxy-phenyl)-(5-nitro-pyrimidin-2-vI)-amine
67
[0346] In a dry 5O mL round bottom flask 5-nitro~pyrimidin-2-ylamine ( 1.16 g, 8.3 mmol, 1 equiv), 4-bromo anisole (1.3 mL, 10.4 mmol, 1.25 equiv), cesium carbonate (5.4 g, 16.6 mmol, 2 equiv), 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethyl xanthene (0.479 g, 0.83mmol, 0.1 equiv) and tris(dibeπzylideneaeetone) dipalladium (0.304 g, 0.33 mmol, 0.04 equiv) were combined. Reactants were flushed with argon, diluted with dioxane (15 mL) and outfitted with reflux condenser. Reaction was heated to reflux for 18 hours. Reaction was then filtered hot and solvents were evaporated to provide dark solids. Silica gel chromatography (1:4 EtOAc/ Hexanes) provided desired product. Yellow powder (0.6 g, 30% yield). Rf = 0.39 (20% EtOAc/Hexanes).
EXAMPLE 130. Synthesis of 7V-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidine-2,5-diamine
68
[0347] Intermediate 67 (0.3 g, 1.22 mmol, 1 equiv) was combined with 10% palladium on carbon (0.2 g) and flushed with argon. Reactants were then diluted with methanol (30 mL) and reaction atmosphere was evacuated and replaced with hydrogen. Hydrogen balloon was affixed and reaction was allowed to stir for 4 hours. Argon was then bubbled through reaction mixture and contents were filtered though a pad of Celite™. Solvents were evaporated to provide crude product. Trituration with heptane followed by filtration provided desired amine. Beige solids (0.245 g, 93% yield).
EXAMPLE 131. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-ΛM2-(4-methoxy-phenylaminoVpyrimidin-5- vn-5-f3-trifluoromcthvI-bcnzoylamino)-benzamide (Compound LX)
LX
[0348] 2-Chloro-5-(3-trifluoromethyl-benzoylamino)-benzoic acid (0.524 g, 1.53 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was combined with 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (0.305 g, 1.74 mmol, 1.25 equiv) and diluted with DCM (10 mL). This was immediately treated with 4-methyl morpholine (0.458 mL, 4.16 mmol, 3 equiv) and allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Intermediate 68 (0.3 g, 1.38 mmol, 1 equiv) was then added in one portion. Stirring was continued overnight. After 18h, reaction solvents were removed and resulting crude solids were purified via silica gel chromatography. Eluting with 1:1 EtOAc in Hexanes afforded desired product. Beige solids (0.19 g, 26%).
[03491 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 3.70 (s, IH), 6.88 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.59-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.81 (t, J = 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.04(d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.72 (s, 2H), 9.45 (s, IH), 10.6 (s, IH), 10.7 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 132. Synthesis of 2-Chloro-N-f2-(4-hvdroxy-phenylamino)-pyrimidin-5- yll-5-f3-trifluoromethyl-benzoylaminoVbenzamide (Compound LXD
LXI
[0350] A stirring solution of compound LX (0.142 g, 0.264 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (10 mL) was treated with a IM solution OfBBr3 in DCM (1.6 mL, 1.6 mmol, 6 equiv). After 6 hours reaction was quenched by adding a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (ca. 5 mL)
and sonicating for 2 minutes. Resulting orange-yellow precipitate was collected and dried, 0.125 g (90%).
[0351] 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 6.69 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 9.0 Hz32H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.82 Hz, IH), 7.81 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.95 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.04 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.69 (s, 2H), 9.34 (br s, IH), 10.6 (s, IH), 10.7 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 133. Synthesis of Benzoic acid 4-{5-r2-chloro-5-(3-trifIuoromethyl- benzoylamino)-benzoylaminol-pyrimidin-2-ylamino}-phenyl ester (Compound LXII)
LXII
[0352] A slurry of compound LXI (0.152 g, 0.288 mmol, 1 equiv) in DCM (45 mL) was treated with triethylamine (0.088 mL, 0.63 mmol, 2.2 equiv) and stirred vigorously. A separate solution of benzoyl chloride (0.037 g, 0.26 mmol, 0.9 equiv) in DCM (6 mL) was then slowly added with stirring. After 3 hours, solvents were removed and crude material purified on silica gel column. White solid, 0.022g (12%).
[03531 1H NMR (DMSOd6): δ 7.21 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.59-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.73-7.78 (m, IH), 7.81-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.96 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.00 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.05 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, IH), 8.13 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 8.29 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, IH), 8.32 (s, IH), 8.8 (s, 2H), 9.79 (s, IH), 10.6 (s, IH), 10.7 (s, IH).
EXAMPLE 134. Synthesis of 3-f3-(TrifluoromethvI)phenylcarbanioyl)benzoic acid
(Intermediate 69)
69
[0354] N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.34 g, 7 mmol) was added to a stirring solution of isophthalic acid (1.66 g, 10 mmol) and 3- (trifluoromethyl)benzenamine (0.8 g, 5 mmol) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (10 mL) and DMF (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and recrystalized from water to afford the title compound as a white solid after washed by CHCl3 (1.5 g, 49%).
EXAMPLE 135. Synthesis of iVl-(2-f4-f3-(PyrroIidin-l- vπpropvlsulfonvl')phenvlaniino')pvrimidin-5-vl')-7V3-ι«-tolvIisophthalainide (Compound
LXTTT
[0355] N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (220 mg, 1.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (200 mg) was added to a stirring solution of intermediate 69 (90 mg, 0.3 mmol) and 7V-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-l-yl-propane-l-sulfonyl)- phenyl]-pyrimidine-2,5-diamine (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and DMF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under argon for 8 h. The organic solvent was removed and the crude product was purified by silica gel column with 20% CH3OH / CHCl3 as an eluent. The off-white solid was isolated by washed with acetone and dried in vacuo as an HCl salt (80 mg, 44%).
[0356] 1H ΝMR (DMSO-Cl6) δ 1.70-2.20 (m, 6H), 2.80-3.80 (m, 8H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.48 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 7.63 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, IH), 7.75 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, IH), 7.81 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 8.17 (d, J== 8.4 Hz, IH), 8.21 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 8.35 (s, IH), 8.78 (s, IH), 9.04 (s, 2H), 10.31 (br s5/2H), 10.88 (br s, IH), 10.91 (br s, IH).
EXAMPLE 136. Testing of Kinase Inhibition
[0357] The ability of compounds of the present invention to inhibit the activity of various groups of kinases was tested. Kinases that were tested are described below. All kinase reactions were conducted in 96-well plates with a final reaction volume of 50 μl.
Src Family of Kinases, abl, and Ret
[0358] Recombinant human c-Src or Yes, or Fyn, or Lck (28 ng/well, Panvera / Invitrogen, Madison WI), ATP (3 μM), a tyrosine kinase substrate (PTK2, 250 μM, Promega Corp., Madison WI), and test agents (at concentrations ranging from about 1 nM/1 to about 100 μM/1), in the presence of Src kinase reaction buffer (Upstate USA, Lake Placid NY). After reacting for about 90 minutes at room temperature, residual ATP was determined using a luciferase-based assay (KinaseGlo, Promega Corp.) as a measure of kinase activity. Data from four wells were then averaged and used to determine ICso values for the test compounds (Prism software package, GraphPad Software, San Diego CA).
Growth Factor Receptor Kinases
[0359] PDGFRβ (0.16 μg/well, Panvera/Invitrogen) 500 nM ATP and the PTK2 peptide (700 μM) were combined with compound and reaction buffer as noted above for Src. The reaction was incubated for 60 minutes at 37C, and the residual ATP concentration was determined using the luciferase-based technique also noted above.
[0360] EGFR and VEGFR2 kinase assays were similarly performed. EGFR (76ng/well, Panvera/Invitrogen) was combined with 12.5mg/ml poly(glu4tyr) (Sigma) and 2.5uM ATP. VEGFR2 (14.1U/well, Cell Signaling/ProQinase) was used with 0.3mg/ml poly(glu4tyr) and 1.5uM ATP. Both were incubated for 60 minutes at 37C, and the residual ATP was measured via luminescence, per the procedure described above.
[0361] The test results for inhibition of Src kinase and Vgegfr2 kinase are presented in Table 1, and the test results for inhibition of some other kinases are presented in Table 2. The abbreviation "IC50" means that a particular compound of the invention, when present at the specified concentration, inhibited the kinase by 50%.
Table 1. Test Results of Inhibition of Src and Vegfr2 Kinases by Some Compounds of the
Table 2. Test Results of Inhibition of Various Kinases by Some Compounds of the
Invention
Table 3. Test results with cellular data using human retinal micro vascular endothelial cells (hRMVEC) for selected compounds of the invention
EXAMPLE 137. Testing of In Vivo Activity Using Compound XL
[0362] The following methods were used for testing of in vivo activity of compound XL in ocular applications.
Retinal Edema (Method #1>
[0363] Retinal edema was induced in rats by retinal ischemia. LE rats were injected i.v. with the photosensitizing dye Rose Bengal, followed by laser stimulation of a single retinal vein (in the right eye only) so as to induce thrombosis and thus retinal ischemia. Animals were dosed topically with either test compound or vehicle (10 μL eyedrops twice per day bilaterally) for a total of 5 dosings. Retinal edema was then measured by injecting animals i.p. with sodium fluorescein followed 45 later by ocular fluorophotometry to detect fluorescein leakage into the retina and vitreous chamber.
[0364] An Edema Index (EI) was calculated according to the following formula: EI= (Fod-Fos)/FoS, where
and Fos= AUC value for fluorescence in the left (treated but not thrombosed) eye. As can be seen from Table 4, animals treated with a 1% solution of compound XL showed an overall 55% reduction in retinal edema compared to vehicle-treated animals (P= 0.008).
Table 4
% Reduction
Treatment N Edema Index SD vs. Vehicle
Vehicle 12 5.2 3.1 N/A
1% of compound XL (topical bid x 5) 12 2.3 1.6 -55% (P= 0.008)
Retinal Edema (Method #2)
[0365] Retinal edema was induced in rats by intravitreal injection of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF). LE rats were dosed topically (bilaterally) with either test compound or vehicle (10 μL eyedrops), followed by intravitreal injections of either saline (left eye) or VEGF (right eye). Five hours later, animals were again dosed topically with test compound or vehicle, and then injected i.p. with sodium fluorescein followed 45 later by ocular fluorophotometry to detect fluorescein leakage into the retina and vitreous chamber.
[0366] EI was calculated according to the following formula: EI= (Fod-Fos)/F0s, where Fod= AUC value for fluorescence in the right eye, and Fos= AUC value for fluorescence in the left (saline injected) eye. As can be seen from Table 5, animals treated with a 1% solution of compound XL showed an overall 70% reduction in retinal edema compared to vehicle-treated animals (P= 0.035).
Table 5
% Reduction
Treatment N EI SD vs. Vehicle
Vehicle 11 0.363 0.208 n/A
1% of compound XL (topical bid x 5) 13 0.110 0.307 -70% (P= 0.035)
Retinal Neovascularization
[0367] Retinal neovascularization was induced in mouse pups by cyclic exposure to normoxia-hyperoxia-normoxia. C57BL/6 mouse pups were exposed to hyperoxia (75% O2 environment) for 5 days starting at from postnatal day 7, then returned to a normoxic environment. Dosing was also initiated at this time (bilateral topical application of test compound or vehicle as a 10 μL eyedrops twice per day). After 5 days of dosing, retinal wholemounts were prepared and stained with a fluorescently labeled lectin that specifically
stains murine endothelium. Digital images wre captured by fluorescence microscopy and used to quantify total vascular area. As shown in Table 6, animals treated with a 0.1% solution of compound XL showed an overall 29% reduction in retinal vascularization compared to vehicle-treated animals (P= 0.009).
Table 6
% Reduction Treatment N Area (mm2) STJ vs. Vehicle
Vehicle 6 8.269 0.836 N/A
1 % of compound XL ,. , . -n , ,,, , -29%
Choroidal Neovascularization
[0368] Choroidal neovasculariztion was induced in mice by laser inury. Laser photocoagulation was performed on the choroids of C57BL/6 mice, after which mice were dosed topically with test compound or vehicle for a total of 14 days (10 μL applied per eye twice per day). At the end of the 2 week dosing period, mice were perfused with fluorescein-labeled dextran (2xlO6 average molecular weight), eyes were removed and fixed in formalin, and choroidal flatmounts prepared. Laser injury sites were photographed by fluorescence microscopy and digital images were used to quantify the area of choroidal neovascularization. As can be seen from table 7, animals treated with a 1% solution of compound XL showed an overall 42% reduction in choroidal neovascularization compared to vehicle-treated animals, however at the study power used this did not reach the level of statistical significance (P= 0.112).
Table 7
% Reduction vs. Treatment N Area (μm2) SD Vehicle
Vehicle 12 16,192 12,473 N/A
1% of compound XL 12 9 388 6408 °
(topical bid x 5) ' ' (P= 0.112)
[0369] Although the invention has been described with reference to the above examples, it will be understood that modifications and variations are encompassed within the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is limited only by the following claims.
Claims
1. A compound of structure A:
wherein:
G i is selected from a group consisting of a bond, H, an optionally substituted aryl, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Li is selected from the group consisting of O, SO, SO2, SO2-alkyl, SO2NH, CO, C(O)NH, SOzNH-alkyl, CO-alkyl, C(O)NH-alkyl, OC(O), C(O)O, optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkoxy, or hydroxyalkyl;
L2 is selected from the group consisting of H5 optionally substituted alkyl, branched alkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycle;
or when Gj is heteroaryl or H, Li or L2 or both Li and L2 can be absent;
Ai is selected from a group consisting of a bond, NR3, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, O, S, and C(Ra)2, wherein if Ai is a bond, then the phenyl ring is directly connected to the group A2;
A2 is selected from a group consisting of NR3, C(O), S(O), S(O)2, P(O)2, O, and S; and the connectivity between the phenyl ring, Ai, A2 and the pyrimidine ring are chemically correct; Ra is selected from a group consisting of H, lower alkyl, branched alkyl, hydroxyalkyl, aminoalkyl, thioalkyl, alkylhydroxyl, alklythiol, and alkylamino;
R3 is selected independently for each occurrence from a group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxy!, alklylhydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
n is an integer having value between 0 and 4 inclusive;
L3 and L4 are each independently selected from a group consisting of NH, NRa, NHCH2, NHCHRa, NHC(Ra)2, N(O), C(O), S(O), S(O)2, OS(O)2, O, CH2, CHR3, (CRa)2, P(O)3 OP, OP(O), OP(O)2, P(O)NH, P(O)NR3, P(O)2NH, C(O)NH, C(O) NRa, NHC(O), €NRaC(O), NHS(O), NR3S(O), NHS(O)2, NR3S(O)2, NHP(O), and NR3P(O)2;
each of s and t is an integer independently having the value of O or 1, with the proviso that if s = O, then t = 1 , and if t = O, then s = 1 ; and
L5 is selected from a group consisting of lower alkyl, branched alkyl, CF3, cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, bicyclic aryl, bicyclic heteroaryl, bicyclic with one of the rings being aryl or heteroaryl and the other ring being nonaryl, and bicyclic with both rings being nonaryl;
wherein an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl, independently for each occurrence, can be substituted on 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbons by alkyl, branched alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, CF3, cyano, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, thiol, alkylthiol, thioalkyl, amino, and aminoalkyl;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof.
wherein X is selected from a group consisting of CH and N.
3. The compound of claim 1 having the structure
wherein each of Ai and A2 is independently selected from a group consisting of C=O and NH, with the further proviso that when Ai is NH, A2 is C=O, and when A2 is NH, Ai is C=O.
4. The compound of claim 3 having the structure
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein L5 is selected from a group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
6. The compound of claim 4, wherein L5 is selected from a group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and the moeity
is selected from a group consisting of
H
7. The compound of claim 3 having the structure
wherein L5 is selected from a group consisting of an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl.
8. The compound of claim 7,wherein L5 is an optionally substituted aryl.
9. The compound of claim 7, wherein L5 is an optionally substituted aryl, and the moiety L1- L2 is selected from a group consisting of:
10. A compound having the structure:
wherein L5 is a phenyl optionally substituted on 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 carbons with halogen, alkyl, or CF3;
X is N or CH; and
the moiety L1-L2 is selected from a group consisting of SO2-alkyl-heterocycle, -SO2NH- alkyl-heterocycle; SO2-heterocycle, -O-alkyl-heterocycle; -C(0)N-alkyl-heterocycle, -C(O)- alkyl-heterocycle, -alkyl-heterocycle; -O-alkyl; -C(O)O-alkyl;-OH; -0C(O)-phenyl; wherein the heterocycle or the phenyl can be optionally substituted with alkyl, alkyoxy, hydroxyalkyl, or halogen; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein the optionally substitituted heterocycle is selected from a group consisting of azetadine, pyrrolidine, morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, azepane, diazepane, and azocane.
12. A compound having the structure
wherein L5 is phenyl, optionally substituted with methyl, halogen, or CF3; R-3 is selected from a group consisting of methyl and chloro, and
X is selected from a group consisting of CH and N; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, stereoisomers, N-oxides or crystal forms thereof.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds X, XLV, XL, XXXVIII, and XXXIX:
XLV
XXXIX
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XXVIII and XLIV:
XXVIII
XLIV
15. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XLIII and XXXIV:
XXXIV
16. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XVI, XVII, XX, and XXII:
XVII
XXII
17. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is compound XXIII:
XXIII
18. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XVIII and XIX:
XVIII
XIX
19. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is compound XXI:
XXI
20. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XXX and XXXI:
XXX
XXXI
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds I, II, III, and IV:
IV
22. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds VH, XI, XII, XIII, XIV, and XV:
XIII
XIV
XV
23. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound LII:
LII
24. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound XXIX:
XXIX
25. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XXIV and XXV:
XXIV
XXV
26. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XXVI and XXVII:
XXVI
XXVII
VI
28. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound LI:
LI
29, The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound L:
30. A compound XLIX:
XLIX
31. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds VIII and IX:
VIII
IX
32. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound XLVII:
XLVII
33. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds LIV and LV:
LV
34. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound V:
V
35. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound XXXVI:
XXXVI
36. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound XXXV:
XXXV
XLVI
38. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XLI and XLII:
XLII
39. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound XXXVII:
XXXVII
40. The compound of claim 1 , wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds XXXII and XXIII:
XXXII
XXXIII
41. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is compound XL:
XL
42. A composition comprising the compound with structure XL
XL
43. A composition comprising the compound with structure XXV
XXV
44. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds LVI-LXIII:
LVII
LVIII
LXIlI
45. A method for treating a disorder associated with compromised vasculostasis, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein the disorder is myocardial infarction, stroke, congestive heart failure, an ischemia or reperfusion injury, cancer, arthritis or other arthropathy, an ocular disorder or disease, autoimmune disease, vascular leakage syndrome, inflammatory disease, edema, transplant rejection, burn, or acute or adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
47. The method of claim 46, wherein the ocular disorder or disease is selected from a group consisting of acute macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, cancer, glaucoma or a vitreoretinal disease.
48. The method of claim 45, wherein the disorder is associated with a kinase.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the kinase is a tyrosine kinase, serine kinase, threonine kinase, Src family kinase or Vegfr2 kinase.
50. A method for treating a disorder associated with abnormal ocular angiogenesis, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
51. A method for treating a disorder associated with ocular inflammation, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
52. A method for treating a disorder associated with ocular vascular leak, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
53. A method of treating age related macular degeneration, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
54. The method of claim 53, wherein age related macular degeneration is wet age related macular degeneration.
55. The method of claim 53, wherein age related macular degeneration is dry age related macular degeneration.
56. A method of treating macular edema, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1- 44.
57. The method of claim 56, wherein the macular edema is diabetic macular edema.
58. A method of treating diabetic retinopathy, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
59. The method of claim 58, wherein the diabetic retinopathy is proliferative diabetic retinopathy.
60. A method for treating retinal vein occlusion, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
61. A method of treating an ocular disease or disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of any one of claims 1 -44.
62. The method of claim 61, wherein the ocular disease or disorder is selected from a group consisting of Hd diseases or disorders, lacrimal gland diseases or disorders, conjunctival disorders, corneal disorders, iris, ciliary body and choroidal disorders, lens diseases or disorders, retinal diseases or disorders, optic nerve diseases or disorders, sclera diseases or disorders, and orbit diseases or disorders.
63. The method of claim 61 , wherein the ocular disease or disorder is selected from a group consisting of basal cell carcinoma of the eyelid, sebaceous gland carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma of the eyelid or conjunctiva, papilloma of eyelid or conjuntiva, pigmented lesions of the eyelid, blepharitis, Hansen Disease, hordeolum, chalazion, spider bites, hemagiomas of the Hd, lacerations, ectropion, entropion, dermatochalasis, distichiasis, trichiasis, xanthelasma, eyelid coloboma, laser tissue resurfacing, blepharospasm, eyelid myokymia, floppy eyelid syndrome, Marcus Gunn Jaw-winking Syndrome, ptosis of eye lid (adult and congenital), dacryoadenitis, dacryocystitis, lacrimal gland tumors, dry eye syndrome, nasolacrimal duct, obstruction, alacrima, congenital anomalies of nasolacrimal duct, canalicular, conjunctival melanoma, Kaposi Sarcoma, conjunctivitis (bacterial, viral, allergic, giant papillary, atopic keratoconjuctivitis,), pharyngoconjunctival fever, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, chemical burns, cicatricial pemphigoid, Stevens- Johnson syndrome, ocular rosacea, sub conjunctival hemorrhage, pterygium, filtering bleb complications, dystrophies (crystalline, Fuchs endothelial, granular, lattice, macular, map-dot-finger, posterior polymorphous corneal), keratitis (herpes simplex, bacterial, fungal, autoimmune interstitial keratitis, atopic keratoconjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis aicca, superior limbic keratoconjunctivitis (and any complications following these infections), corneal graft rejection, limbal stem cell transplantation and graft rejection, band keratopathy, neurotrophic keratopathy, peripheral ulcerative keratitis, dermoid, limbal, tumors of the limbus, corneal meovascularization, (CL-related, post infectious, following any autoimmune disorders and stem cell deficiency), post traumatic corneal edema, keratoconus, pellucid marginal degeneration, Terriens marginal degeneration (and any complications arising from these conditions including neovascularisation), central sterile corneal ulceration, congenital clouding of the cornea, contact lens complications (including neovascularisation, corneal edema), corneal abrasion, post operative corneal edema, postoperative corneal melt, recurrent corneal erosion, corneal foreign body (and related complications), Descemet membrane folds, corneoscleral laceration (any complications including neovascularisation and corneal edema), pseudophakic bullous keratopathy, aniridia (and any complications related), TB, toxoplasmosis, choroidal rupture, ciliary body melanoma, iris melanoma, iris leiomyoma, juvenile xanthogranuloma, choroidal melanoma, uveitis (anterior, intermediate and posterior), choroidal neovascularization, multifocal choroidopathy and uveitic syndromes, sarcoidosis, Behcet's disease, Vogt Koyanagi Harada disease, Kawasaki Disease, angioid streaks (and any complications including choroidal neovascularisation), choroidal detachment, phacoanaphylaxis, ataxia-telangiectasia, neurofibromatosis- 15 Sturge- Weber Syndrome, Wyburn—Mason Syndrome, von Hippel- Lindau Disease, cancer associated and related autoimmune retinopathies, retinoblastoma, ARMD (exudative and non exudative), acute retinal necrosis (and any complications), acute multifocal placoid pigment epitheliopathy, central serous chorioretinopathy, Eales disease, macular edema, (diabetic, post uveitic, post retinitis pigmentosa and Irvine-Gass), nonpseudophakic cystoid macular edema, sub retinal neovascular membranes, neuroretinitis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome (and any complications like neovascularisation), CMV retinitis, birdshot retinopathy, diabetic retinopathy (non proliferative and proliferative), retinopathies (hemoglobinopathies, purtscher, valsalva), Terson syndrome, white dot syndromes, branch retinal artery occlusion, branch retinal vein occlusion, central retinal artery or vein occlusion, macroaneurysm, retinopathy of prematurity, Best disease, lattice degeneration, retinitis pigmentosa, juvenile retinoschisis, senile retinoschisis, epimacular membrane, macular hole, retinal detachment (post operative, exudative, proliferative, rhegmatogenous and tractional), meningioma, optic neuritis, optic neuropathy (anterior ischemic and compressive), multiple sclerosis, papilledema, pseudopapilledema, toxic/nutritional optic neuropathy, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, giant cell arteritis, ocular ischemic syndrome, sickle cell disease, leukemias, dpiscleritis, scleritis, ankylosing spondylitis, Sjogren syndrome, orbital cellulitis, preseptal, dermoid, orbital tumors, carotid cavernous fistula hemangioma (capillary, venous and cavernous), orbital fracture, and thyroid ophthalmopathy.
64. The method of any one of claims 45-63, wherein the compound of any one of claims 1-44 is administered in combination with at least one agent chosen from: anti-inflammatory agents, chemotherapeutic agents, immunomodulatory agents, therapeutic antibodies, or protein kinase inhibitors.
65. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
66. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 65, wherein said composition is suitable for oral administration, intravenous administration, topical administration, ocular administration or subcutaneous administration.
67. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 65, wherein said composition is suitable for ocular administration.
68. An article of manufacture comprising packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material comprises a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of disorders associated with compromised vasculostasis, and wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
69. An article of manufacture comprising packaging material and a pharmaceutical composition contained within the packaging material, wherein the packaging material comprises a label which indicates that the pharmaceutical composition can be used for treatment of an ocular disorder, and wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one compound of any one of claims 1-44.
70. The article of manufacture of claim 69, wherein the ocular disorder or disease is selected from the group consisting of acute macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, diabetic macular edema, macular edema, retinal vein occlusion, uveitis, cancer, a vitreoretinal disease, and glaucoma.
71. The article of manufacture of claim 69,. wherein the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of an ointment, a lotion, a gel, drops, suppositories, inhalation, an external drug delivery device or an implantable drug delivery device.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US81917006P | 2006-07-07 | 2006-07-07 | |
| US60/819,170 | 2006-07-07 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2008008234A1 true WO2008008234A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 |
Family
ID=38923534
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2007/015357 Ceased WO2008008234A1 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2007-07-02 | 2-amino-5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US8030487B2 (en) |
| AR (1) | AR061847A1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TW200819439A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2008008234A1 (en) |
Cited By (50)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP2261214A1 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2010-12-15 | Splicos Sas | Compounds useful to treat premature aging and in particular progeria |
| US8030487B2 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2011-10-04 | Targegen, Inc. | 2-amino—5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors |
| US8372971B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2013-02-12 | Targegen, Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use |
| JP2013507446A (en) * | 2009-10-13 | 2013-03-04 | リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Hematopoietic growth factor mimicking small molecule compounds and their use |
| US8481536B2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2013-07-09 | Targegen, Inc. | Benzotriazine inhibitors of kinases |
| WO2013129369A1 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2013-09-06 | アステラス製薬株式会社 | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| CN103992262A (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2014-08-20 | 苏州明锐医药科技有限公司 | Preparation method of ceritinib and intermediate |
| WO2014139145A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Hutchison Medipharma Limited | Novel pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and usage thereof |
| WO2014169710A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | 北京大学深圳研究生院 | Kinase inhibitor and method for treating related diseases |
| JP2014532630A (en) * | 2011-10-25 | 2014-12-08 | 北京大学深▲ヂェン▼研究生院Peking University Shenzhen Graduate School | Kinase inhibitors and methods of treating related diseases |
| WO2015030021A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | アステラス製薬株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition having pyrimidine compound as active ingredient |
| WO2015084749A1 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Modulating ferroptosis and treating excitotoxic disorders |
| US9061999B2 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2015-06-23 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating AIDS |
| CN104736533A (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2015-06-24 | 癌症治疗合作研究中心有限公司 | VEGFR3 inhibitors |
| US9085517B2 (en) | 2011-12-15 | 2015-07-21 | Pfizer Limited | Sulfonamide derivatives |
| US9096558B2 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2015-08-04 | Pfizer Limited | N-sulfonylbenzamide compounds |
| CN104817487A (en) * | 2015-05-06 | 2015-08-05 | 中国药科大学 | Piperidyl acetamide compound capable of inhibiting epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and application thereof |
| US9108919B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2015-08-18 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating cancer |
| JP2015531368A (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2015-11-02 | アビバックス | New anti-invasive compounds |
| US9266892B2 (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2016-02-23 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9388185B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2016-07-12 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9533954B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2017-01-03 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3 |
| US9533984B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2017-01-03 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9580423B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-02-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9611267B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2017-04-04 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9708318B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-07-18 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9782406B2 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2017-10-10 | Peking University Shenzhen Graduate School | Kinase inhibitor and method for treatment of related diseases |
| US9827237B2 (en) | 2013-07-05 | 2017-11-28 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating diseases caused by retroviruses |
| US9890156B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2018-02-13 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10253020B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2019-04-09 | Abivax | Compounds for preventing, inhibiting, or treating cancer, AIDS and/or premature aging |
| US10611762B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2020-04-07 | Incyte Corporation | Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same |
| US10851105B2 (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2020-12-01 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US11174257B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2021-11-16 | Incyte Corporation | Salts of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11407750B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-08-09 | Incyte Corporation | Derivatives of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11440898B2 (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2022-09-13 | Minoryx Therapeutics S.L. | Isoquinoline compounds, methods for their preparation, and therapeutic uses thereof in conditions associated with the alteration of the activity of beta galactosidase |
| US11441181B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2022-09-13 | Abivax | miRNA-124 as a biomarker |
| US11466004B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2022-10-11 | Incyte Corporation | Solid forms of an FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same |
| US11566028B2 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2023-01-31 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11591329B2 (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2023-02-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11607416B2 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2023-03-21 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11628162B2 (en) | 2019-03-08 | 2023-04-18 | Incyte Corporation | Methods of treating cancer with an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11649210B2 (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2023-05-16 | Abivax | Use of quinoline derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
| US11897891B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2024-02-13 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11939331B2 (en) | 2021-06-09 | 2024-03-26 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11992499B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2024-05-28 | Abivax | Quinoline derivatives for use in the treatment of inflammation diseases |
| US12012409B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2024-06-18 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12065494B2 (en) | 2021-04-12 | 2024-08-20 | Incyte Corporation | Combination therapy comprising an FGFR inhibitor and a Nectin-4 targeting agent |
| US12122767B2 (en) | 2019-10-01 | 2024-10-22 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12428420B2 (en) | 2021-06-09 | 2025-09-30 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12534463B2 (en) | 2023-10-20 | 2026-01-27 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
Families Citing this family (23)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20050282814A1 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2005-12-22 | Targegen, Inc. | Vasculostatic agents and methods of use thereof |
| KR20120032574A (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2012-04-05 | 탈자진 인코포레이티드 | Vasculostatic agents and methods of use thereof |
| US8604042B2 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2013-12-10 | Targegen, Inc. | Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases |
| KR101467723B1 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2014-12-03 | 탈자진 인코포레이티드 | Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases |
| US8133900B2 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2012-03-13 | Targegen, Inc. | Use of bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases |
| US20070149508A1 (en) * | 2005-11-02 | 2007-06-28 | Targegen, Inc. | Six membered heteroaromatic inhibitors targeting resistant kinase mutations |
| WO2007127366A2 (en) * | 2006-04-25 | 2007-11-08 | Targegen, Inc. | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof |
| EP2041116A1 (en) * | 2006-07-07 | 2009-04-01 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | Phenyl substituted heteroaryl-derivatives and use thereof as anti-tumor agents |
| US20100240657A1 (en) * | 2007-07-02 | 2010-09-23 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Chemical compounds |
| CL2008001943A1 (en) * | 2007-07-02 | 2009-09-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Compounds derived from phenyl-triazole, inhibitors of specific signal enzymes that participate in the control of cell proliferation; pharmaceutical composition comprising said compounds; and its use to treat cancer, infections, inflammatory and autoimmune diseases. |
| EP2286224A4 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2012-04-25 | Univ Winthrop Hospital | METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE CARDIOVASCULAR RISK PROFILE OF COX INHIBITORS |
| PE20110294A1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2011-05-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF SPECIFIC SIGNAL ENZYMES |
| US8865703B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2014-10-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pyridyltriazoles |
| EP2552905B1 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2016-10-05 | Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH | B-Raf kinase inhibitors |
| CA2816957A1 (en) | 2010-11-07 | 2012-05-10 | Targegen, Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating myelofibrosis |
| US8710055B2 (en) | 2010-12-21 | 2014-04-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Triazolylphenyl sulfonamides as serine/threonine kinase inhibitors |
| JP6113633B2 (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2017-04-12 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Organic EL display device and manufacturing method thereof |
| WO2016196879A1 (en) * | 2015-06-05 | 2016-12-08 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Compounds and methods for treating cancer |
| EP3452105B1 (en) * | 2016-05-06 | 2021-07-28 | Albany Medical College | Treatment of rosacea with erk kinase pathway inhibitors |
| WO2018072707A1 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2018-04-26 | 保诺科技(北京)有限公司 | Aromatic ether derivative, preparation method therefor, and medical applications thereof |
| TWI750905B (en) * | 2020-11-19 | 2021-12-21 | 財團法人國家衛生研究院 | Thiazole compounds as protein kinase inhibitors |
| CN113234026B (en) * | 2021-03-28 | 2024-04-30 | 北京大学深圳研究生院 | Compounds with B lymphocyte tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity and their use |
| US11596612B1 (en) | 2022-03-08 | 2023-03-07 | PTC Innovations, LLC | Topical anesthetics |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2003066601A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-08-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyrimidine compounds |
| US20040167198A1 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2004-08-26 | Targegen, Inc. | Vasculostatic agents and methods of use thereof |
Family Cites Families (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6378526B1 (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2002-04-30 | Insite Vision, Incorporated | Methods of ophthalmic administration |
| MXPA01007957A (en) * | 1999-02-04 | 2002-07-30 | Millennium Pharm Inc | G-protein coupled heptahelical receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof. |
| AU2002258400A1 (en) | 2001-02-16 | 2002-08-28 | Tularik Inc. | Methods of using pyrimidine-based antiviral agents |
| EP1453516A2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2004-09-08 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG | Novel tri-substituted pyrimidines, method for production and use thereof as medicament |
| EP1487824B1 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2007-06-20 | SmithKline Beecham Corporation | Diamino-pyrimidines and their use as angiogenesis inhibitors |
| NZ538490A (en) | 2002-08-02 | 2006-12-22 | Ab Science | 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as C-kit inhibitors |
| RU2005106871A (en) | 2002-08-14 | 2005-10-10 | Вертекс Фармасьютикалз Инкорпорейтед (Us) | PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS AND THEIR APPLICATION |
| TW200528101A (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2005-09-01 | Astrazeneca Ab | Chemical compounds |
| MX2007011500A (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2007-11-21 | Targegen Inc | Pyrimidine compounds and methods of use. |
| EP1893216A4 (en) | 2005-06-08 | 2012-08-08 | Targegen Inc | Methods and compositions for the treatment of ocular disorders |
| US7754717B2 (en) * | 2005-08-15 | 2010-07-13 | Amgen Inc. | Bis-aryl amide compounds and methods of use |
| KR101467723B1 (en) * | 2005-11-01 | 2014-12-03 | 탈자진 인코포레이티드 | Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases |
| US20070149508A1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2007-06-28 | Targegen, Inc. | Six membered heteroaromatic inhibitors targeting resistant kinase mutations |
| US8030487B2 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2011-10-04 | Targegen, Inc. | 2-amino—5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors |
-
2007
- 2007-07-02 US US11/772,572 patent/US8030487B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-07-02 WO PCT/US2007/015357 patent/WO2008008234A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2007-07-06 TW TW096124723A patent/TW200819439A/en unknown
- 2007-07-06 AR ARP070103039A patent/AR061847A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2003066601A1 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2003-08-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyrimidine compounds |
| US20040167198A1 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2004-08-26 | Targegen, Inc. | Vasculostatic agents and methods of use thereof |
Cited By (104)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8481536B2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2013-07-09 | Targegen, Inc. | Benzotriazine inhibitors of kinases |
| US8372971B2 (en) | 2004-08-25 | 2013-02-12 | Targegen, Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use |
| US8030487B2 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2011-10-04 | Targegen, Inc. | 2-amino—5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors |
| US11014918B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2021-05-25 | Abivax | Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one of the compounds |
| US9108919B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2015-08-18 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating cancer |
| US10017498B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2018-07-10 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating AIDS |
| US10975063B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2021-04-13 | Abivax | Compound, and production method thereof, and methods of treatment using the compound |
| US10683284B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2020-06-16 | Abivax | Compounds for preventing, inhibiting, or treating cancer, aids and/or premature aging |
| EP2261214A1 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2010-12-15 | Splicos Sas | Compounds useful to treat premature aging and in particular progeria |
| US10253020B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2019-04-09 | Abivax | Compounds for preventing, inhibiting, or treating cancer, AIDS and/or premature aging |
| CN109776496A (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2019-05-21 | Abivax公司 | Compounds for the treatment of premature aging and especially premature aging |
| US9908869B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2018-03-06 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating aids |
| CN109776496B (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2021-09-28 | Abivax公司 | Compounds for the treatment of premature aging and especially premature aging |
| EP3517534A1 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2019-07-31 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating cancer |
| US9145367B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2015-09-29 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating AIDS |
| US9637475B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2017-05-02 | Abivax | Compounds for treating cancer |
| US9622991B2 (en) | 2009-10-13 | 2017-04-18 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Hematopoietic growth factor mimetic small molecule compounds and their uses |
| JP2013507446A (en) * | 2009-10-13 | 2013-03-04 | リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Hematopoietic growth factor mimicking small molecule compounds and their use |
| US9144557B2 (en) | 2009-10-13 | 2015-09-29 | Ligand Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Hematopoietic growth factor mimetic small molecule compounds and their uses |
| KR101804588B1 (en) * | 2009-10-13 | 2017-12-04 | 리간드 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Hematopoietic growth factor mimetic small molecule compounds and their uses |
| US9096558B2 (en) | 2010-07-09 | 2015-08-04 | Pfizer Limited | N-sulfonylbenzamide compounds |
| US9061999B2 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2015-06-23 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating AIDS |
| US10813930B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3 |
| US10213427B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2019-02-26 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3 |
| US9533954B2 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2017-01-03 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted imidazopyridazines and benzimidazoles as inhibitors of FGFR3 |
| JP2014532630A (en) * | 2011-10-25 | 2014-12-08 | 北京大学深▲ヂェン▼研究生院Peking University Shenzhen Graduate School | Kinase inhibitors and methods of treating related diseases |
| US9782406B2 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2017-10-10 | Peking University Shenzhen Graduate School | Kinase inhibitor and method for treatment of related diseases |
| US9085517B2 (en) | 2011-12-15 | 2015-07-21 | Pfizer Limited | Sulfonamide derivatives |
| US9464077B2 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2016-10-11 | Astellas Pharma Inc. | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| JP5343177B1 (en) * | 2012-02-28 | 2013-11-13 | アステラス製薬株式会社 | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compounds |
| WO2013129369A1 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2013-09-06 | アステラス製薬株式会社 | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| KR20140129068A (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2014-11-06 | 아스텔라스세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| EA026953B1 (en) * | 2012-02-28 | 2017-06-30 | Астеллас Фарма Инк. | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| KR102032007B1 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2019-10-14 | 아스텔라스세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic compound |
| US11840534B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2023-12-12 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
| US10131667B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2018-11-20 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9611267B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2017-04-04 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11053246B2 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2021-07-06 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9745311B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2017-08-29 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9388185B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2016-07-12 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors |
| CN104736533A (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2015-06-24 | 癌症治疗合作研究中心有限公司 | VEGFR3 inhibitors |
| CN104736533B (en) * | 2012-08-17 | 2016-12-07 | 癌症治疗合作研究中心有限公司 | Vegfr3 inhibitor |
| JP2015531368A (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2015-11-02 | アビバックス | New anti-invasive compounds |
| US11427566B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2022-08-30 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating cancer |
| US10717724B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2020-07-21 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating cancer |
| US9266892B2 (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2016-02-23 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Fused pyrazoles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11441181B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2022-09-13 | Abivax | miRNA-124 as a biomarker |
| WO2014139145A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Hutchison Medipharma Limited | Novel pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and usage thereof |
| JP2016510774A (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-04-11 | ハチソン メディファーマ リミテッド | Novel pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and their use |
| CN105143185B (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2018-02-13 | 和记黄埔医药(上海)有限公司 | Pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and their uses |
| US9701680B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-07-11 | Hutchison Medipharma Limited | Pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and their usage |
| CN105143185A (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2015-12-09 | 和记黄埔医药(上海)有限公司 | New pyrimidine and pyridine compounds and their uses |
| WO2014169710A1 (en) * | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | 北京大学深圳研究生院 | Kinase inhibitor and method for treating related diseases |
| US10040790B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2018-08-07 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11530214B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2022-12-20 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US10947230B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2021-03-16 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9533984B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2017-01-03 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US10450313B2 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2019-10-22 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US9827237B2 (en) | 2013-07-05 | 2017-11-28 | Abivax | Compounds useful for treating diseases caused by retroviruses |
| WO2015030021A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | アステラス製薬株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition having pyrimidine compound as active ingredient |
| US11192849B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2021-12-07 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Compounds, compositions, and methods for modulating ferroptosis and treating excitotoxic disorders |
| WO2015084749A1 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Modulating ferroptosis and treating excitotoxic disorders |
| US10259775B2 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2019-04-16 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Compounds, compositions, and methods for modulating ferroptosis and treating excitotoxic disorders |
| CN103992262A (en) * | 2014-06-12 | 2014-08-20 | 苏州明锐医药科技有限公司 | Preparation method of ceritinib and intermediate |
| US11649210B2 (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2023-05-16 | Abivax | Use of quinoline derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
| US11649211B2 (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2023-05-16 | Abivax | Use of quinoline derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
| US12202804B2 (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2025-01-21 | Abivax | In vitro or ex vivo methods for screening a quinoline derivative |
| US10851105B2 (en) | 2014-10-22 | 2020-12-01 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9580423B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-02-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9708318B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-07-18 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9890156B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2018-02-13 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10738048B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2020-08-11 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10632126B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2020-04-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US11173162B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-11-16 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US11667635B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2023-06-06 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10016438B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2018-07-10 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10214528B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-02-26 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US11014923B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2021-05-25 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US10251892B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2019-04-09 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| US9801889B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2017-10-31 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR4 inhibitors |
| CN104817487B (en) * | 2015-05-06 | 2017-10-31 | 中国药科大学 | One class can suppress piperidyl acetamides and its application of EGF-R ELISA |
| CN104817487A (en) * | 2015-05-06 | 2015-08-05 | 中国药科大学 | Piperidyl acetamide compound capable of inhibiting epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and application thereof |
| US11440898B2 (en) | 2016-12-28 | 2022-09-13 | Minoryx Therapeutics S.L. | Isoquinoline compounds, methods for their preparation, and therapeutic uses thereof in conditions associated with the alteration of the activity of beta galactosidase |
| US11472801B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2022-10-18 | Incyte Corporation | Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same |
| US10611762B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2020-04-07 | Incyte Corporation | Crystalline forms of a FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same |
| US11174257B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2021-11-16 | Incyte Corporation | Salts of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US12024517B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2024-07-02 | Incyte Corporation | Salts of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11466004B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2022-10-11 | Incyte Corporation | Solid forms of an FGFR inhibitor and processes for preparing the same |
| US12473286B2 (en) | 2018-05-04 | 2025-11-18 | Incyte Corporation | Salts of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11992499B2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2024-05-28 | Abivax | Quinoline derivatives for use in the treatment of inflammation diseases |
| US11628162B2 (en) | 2019-03-08 | 2023-04-18 | Incyte Corporation | Methods of treating cancer with an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11591329B2 (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2023-02-28 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12122767B2 (en) | 2019-10-01 | 2024-10-22 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12083124B2 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2024-09-10 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11607416B2 (en) | 2019-10-14 | 2023-03-21 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11566028B2 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2023-01-31 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12168660B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2024-12-17 | Incyte Corporation | Derivatives of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US11897891B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2024-02-13 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US11407750B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-08-09 | Incyte Corporation | Derivatives of an FGFR inhibitor |
| US12012409B2 (en) | 2020-01-15 | 2024-06-18 | Incyte Corporation | Bicyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12065494B2 (en) | 2021-04-12 | 2024-08-20 | Incyte Corporation | Combination therapy comprising an FGFR inhibitor and a Nectin-4 targeting agent |
| US11939331B2 (en) | 2021-06-09 | 2024-03-26 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12428420B2 (en) | 2021-06-09 | 2025-09-30 | Incyte Corporation | Tricyclic heterocycles as FGFR inhibitors |
| US12534463B2 (en) | 2023-10-20 | 2026-01-27 | Incyte Corporation | Substituted tricyclic compounds as FGFR inhibitors |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AR061847A1 (en) | 2008-09-24 |
| US20080027070A1 (en) | 2008-01-31 |
| US8030487B2 (en) | 2011-10-04 |
| TW200819439A (en) | 2008-05-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8030487B2 (en) | 2-amino—5-substituted pyrimidine inhibitors | |
| US20060247250A1 (en) | Pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases | |
| JP5249770B2 (en) | Aminopyridines useful as kinase inhibitors | |
| AU2005231507B2 (en) | Benzotriazine inhibitors of kinases | |
| WO2007056023A2 (en) | Thiazole inhibitors targeting resistant kinase mutations | |
| TWI433677B (en) | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof | |
| CA2628283C (en) | Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases | |
| CN101679303B (en) | Pyridazinone derivatives | |
| EP1654238A1 (en) | 2-aminopyrimidine and 2-aminopyridine-4-carbamates for use in the treatment of autoimmune diseases | |
| CA2529734A1 (en) | 2-amino-4-hydroxy-5-pyrimidine carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as inhibitors of t cell activation for the treatment of inflammatory diseases | |
| CN103052627A (en) | Pyrimidine derivatives as fak inhibitors | |
| CA2717529A1 (en) | Sulfonamides as zap-70 inhibitors | |
| SK285342B6 (en) | Triazole compounds and the use thereof as dopamine D3 ligands | |
| US20180057465A1 (en) | Inhibitors of Necroptosis | |
| CN101312956A (en) | Substituted 5-phenyl-3,6-dihydro-2-oxo-6H-[1,3,4]thiadiazines | |
| WO2000061551A2 (en) | Pyrimidine-2-one derivatives as integrin receptor ligands | |
| AU2006218276A1 (en) | Heterocyclylamide-substituted imidazoles | |
| AU2012230091B2 (en) | Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases | |
| HK1119165A (en) | Pyrimidine compounds and methods of use |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07796647 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: RU |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07796647 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |